Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Grocery Stores / Wm Morrison Supermarkets plc

Wm Morrison Supermarkets plc

mrw · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker mrw
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Grocery Stores
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Wm Morrison Supermarkets plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
i

Food maker  
and shopkeeper 

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC
Annual report & Financial Statements  
2015/16

Strategic report

Chairman’s statement
Our business model
Chief Executive’s statement
Our six priorities
Chief Financial Officer’s review
Relationships
Risk
Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Corporate governance report
Directors’ remuneration report
Directors’ report

2
4
6
8
10
14
17
20

22
33
44

Financial statements

Independent auditors’ report
Consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated cash flow statement
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
General information
Notes to the Group financial statements
Company balance sheet
Company statement of changes in equity
Company accounting policies
Notes to the Company financial statements

Investor information

Five year summary 
Supplementary information 
Investor relations and financial calendar 
Information at your fingertips

47

55
56
57
58
59
60
98
99
100
103

116
118
119
121

Throughout the Directors’ report and Strategic report: 
(1) Unless otherwise stated, 2015/16 refers to the 52 week period ended 31 January 2016 and 2014/15 refers to the 52 week 
period ended 1 February 2015. 2015 and 2016 refer to calendar years. (2) Underlying profit is defined as profit before 
impairment, provision for onerous contracts and other items that do not relate to the Group’s principal activities on 
an ongoing basis, profit/loss arising on disposal and exit of properties and sale of businesses and IAS 19 pension interest, 
at a normalised tax rate, as reconciled in note 1.4 of the Group financial statements. Underlying operating profit is 
operating profit before impairment, provision for onerous contracts and other items that do not relate to the Group’s 
principal activities and profit/loss arising on disposal and exit of properties and sale of businesses. (3) Like-for-like (LFL) 
sales reflects the percentage change in year-on-year store sales (excluding VAT and fuel), stripping out the impact of new 
store openings and closures in the current or previous financial year.

1

We are listening hard to our key  
stakeholder groups – customers, colleagues, 
suppliers and shareholders – and have  
developed six priorities to help shape our plan  
to turnaround Morrisons.

This journey will be a long one, but there are some 
early signs of improvement and customers are 
beginning to notice.

We will continue to invest to improve the customer 
shopping trip and fix, rebuild and grow Morrisons –  
food maker and shopkeeper.

Online Annual report 2015/16
For more information visit:

www.morrisons-corporate.com/annual-report-2016

Annual report and financial statements 2015/162

Chairman’s statement

Delivering the turnaround
“We have the team to turnaround Morrisons 
and create value for all stakeholders.”

What is right for 
our customers 
is also right 
for colleagues, 
suppliers and 
shareholders

HIGHLIGHTS

Net debt 

£1.75bn

£594m reduction year on year

5p dividend 

in line with guidance 

It has been a busy first year as your new 
Chairman, both in the stores and on the Board.

David Potts joined as Chief Executive in March. 
He very quickly formed a new senior Executive 
Committee that combines the best of 
Morrisons home grown and externally recruited 
talent. That team set about injecting a new 
pace into the turnaround. By listening hard to 
customers and responding quickly wherever 
possible, the team are rebuilding Morrisons 
around its key strengths – good quality fresh 
food, great value for money, good customer 
service and authentically British.

It will take time, and we are not assuming the 
trading environment will improve, but I am 
confident that we have made the right changes 
to simplify and focus the business, and to begin 
to drive sales volumes and deliver improved 
profits and returns for shareholders.

As your new Chairman, I was keen to ensure a 
smooth succession of the Non-Executive team, 
replacing the skill sets of those coming to the 
end of their tenure.

I was delighted to welcome five new  
Non-Executive members to the Board  
during the year – Irwin Lee, Belinda Richards,  
Neil Davidson, Paula Vennells and Rooney Anand. 

They bring us a wealth of executive and 
non-executive experience across a broad 
range of areas that will prove invaluable to 
Morrisons. I am confident we now have a Board 
well equipped to deliver all aspects of the 
challenging turnaround ahead. I wish to express 
our gratitude to the outgoing Non-Executives 
for their considerable contribution to Morrisons 
over the years.

A highlight of the year was once again cash 
generation, with year end net debt of £1.75bn 
particularly pleasing and well below our 
initial target range. The strong balance sheet, 
together with our commitment to retain 
a predominantly freehold store property 
portfolio and well-funded pension schemes 
in surplus, means we have firm foundations 
on which to build Morrisons turnaround.

Strong and sustained cash flow also provides 
good visibility for future dividend payments. 
For 2015/16, we committed to an annual 
dividend for shareholders of not less than 5p 
per share and the 3.5p announced at the time 
of the preliminary results takes the full year 
dividend to 5p per share. 

The Board recognises the importance of 
sustainable dividends to shareholders. 
From 2016/17, subject to AGM approval, we will 
be paying a dividend covered around two times 
by underlying earnings per share. 

In addition, we remain committed to returning 
surplus capital to shareholders. At the moment, 
our focus continues to be on delivering the 
cash improvement programmes and reducing 
debt. This will remain so until trading is stable 
for a sustained period, profitability starts to 
rebuild and debt is lower.

Andrew Higginson 
Chairman

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCStrategic reportI believe that all stakeholders’ interests are 
aligned. What is right for our customers is also 
right for colleagues, suppliers and shareholders. 
As I said last year, it all starts with simplifying 
and focusing the business, improving the 
customer offer and driving volume growth, 
which, in turn, will drive like-for-like sales, 
operational leverage, cost efficiencies 
and profitability.

David and his new team have started that 
journey and we are aligning remuneration to 
this value-creation virtuous circle. The new 
2016 LTIP will reward long-term cash generation, 
sales growth and earnings per share. 

Looking forward to 2016/17, we have another 
busy year ahead and there is still much to 
do. However, the team are stabilising like-
for-like sales and have started some good 
work to begin the turnaround, which David 
describes over the next few pages of this 
report. I am confident that we are on the right 
track to begin to improve all aspects of the 
customer shopping trip and create value for 
all stakeholders.

Andrew Higginson
Chairman

3

Governance highlights

Board composition and membership
•   The Board comprises six independent 
Non-Executive Directors and two 
Executive Directors.

•   All Directors stand for re-election annually 

at the AGM.

•   Rooney Anand has been appointed as the 
Board’s Senior Independent Director and  
a Non-Executive.

•   As Audit Committee Chair, the Board is satisfied 
that Belinda Richards has recent and relevant 
experience appropriate to her position.
•   There is clear division of responsibilities 
between the roles of Chairman and the 
Chief Executive.

Board effectiveness
•   The Directors have all attended an acceptable 
number of Board and Committee meetings.

•   The Board is satisfied that Non-Executive 
Directors commit sufficient time to the 
Group and contribute to its governance 
and operations.

External auditor
•   The Audit Committee is satisfied that the 

Company’s statutory auditor PwC, who were 
appointed in 2014/15 are performing effectively.

•   The Board has a policy on the engagement of 

the external auditor to supply non-audit services.

Accountability
•   The Board is satisfied with the effectiveness of 
internal control and that risk is being managed 
effectively across the Group.

•   Consideration has been given to financial 

reporting matters with sufficient challenge 
provided to management relating to 
judgemental areas.

•   The Group’s internal audit function perform 
periodic reviews of the key areas of the 
business, including the recognition of 
commercial income.

See Corporate governance report on pages 22 to 32

Annual report and financial statements 2015/164

Our business model

We care about food
At Morrisons we are passionate about providing  
good quality fresh food at great value for money.

WHAT WE DO

We make things

Then we  
move them

We have more butchers, bakers, 
fishmongers and other in-store skilled  
colleagues than anywhere  
else in UK food retail

We have 15 well run and well-invested 
manufacturing sites, making half of the 
fresh food we sell

We operate regional distribution  
centres and a national centre, servicing 
our supermarkets

Running our own sites gives greater  
control over the supply chain and  
quality of the food we sell

The craft skills of in-store colleagues 
provides customers with  
what they want, when they want it,  
in a way they can trust

Manufacturing sites

15

And we buy things

Regional  
distribution centres 

7 

National  
distribution centre

1 

Our fleet consists of over  
550 tractors and nearly 1,700 trailers 
that cover around 100m kilometres 
per year. This has been streamlined 
to make it more efficient in terms of 
delivery time and frequency, reducing 
the amount of kilometres travelled 
and our carbon emissions 

Continued investment in the chilled supply 
chain provides even greater freshness 
of the products we sell 

We have expanded our range of products  
in response to customer feedback,  
to offer products such as Free From, 
World Foods, Food To Go and Nutmeg 
clothing in more stores

The personal relationships we have  
with farmers and other suppliers means  
we can ensure sustainable and ethical  
sourcing to guarantee the integrity  
and quality of the products we sell

We work directly with suppliers to  
reduce the length of our supply chain  
and build long term relationships

Our high manufacturing standards are also 
expected of our suppliers, ensuring the 
integrity and quality of the products we sell

Morrisons own brand  
fresh meat is British sourced

100%

Morrisons.com home deliveries are 
supported through our service agreement 
with Ocado, allowing us to utilise best 
in class technology and provide industry 
leading customer service online

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCStrategic report 
 
 
5

HOW WE ARE DIFFERENT

Food maker

• We buy direct from farmers and fishermen, so we 

have more control over the provenance and quality 
of the food we sell.

• We own our fresh food factories.
• We prepare and make half of the fresh food we sell.
• Owning the supply chain means we get food onto 

the shelves faster and fresher.

• Customers trust us and our food because they see 

us making it in store.

• We have more butchers, bakers, fishmongers and 

other in-store skilled colleagues than anywhere else 
in UK food retail.

• Our skilled craftspeople can prepare what customers 

want, when they want it.

Shopkeeper

• Our ‘Fresh Look’ programme will upgrade the whole 

estate by 2018/19.

• Every store has its own identity and can reflect 
its own local neighbourhood and community.
• New and existing popular and useful services 
will be tailored to the customers of each store.
• We are improving the ranges that our customers 
want to buy, such as Free From, World Foods, 
Food To Go, and Nutmeg clothing.

• We are working on shorter queues and better 

availability and customers are beginning to notice 
the difference.

• We have simpler display ends, clearer price points, 

and fewer and more impactful promotions.

• Communication in-store is more consistent and 

clearer for customers.

And sell them 
in our stores or online

We have improved the look, feel  
and maintenance of every store this year in our 
‘Back to Best’ programme

The whole estate will be upgraded through our 
‘Fresh Look’ programme by the end of 2018/19

We have recruited additional staff  
and rescheduled other colleagues to provide 
support at the busiest times of the day – reducing 
queues and improving service levels

We have introduced new self-service and express 
checkouts into all of our stores

Continued investment in sharper  
prices provides customers with a consistently 
great value for money offer

We have introduced simple display ends and 
fewer, more impactful promotions with clear  
in-store communication for customers

Over 50% of the UK population has access to our 
online offer, bringing great value, fresh food to 
those customers who prefer to shop online

We offer a range of popular and useful services 
in-store and aim to provide more for customers

‘Fresh Look’ programme  
complete by the end of

2018/19

Annual report and financial statements 2015/166

Chief Executive’s statement

Improving the customer shopping trip
“We are listening to customers and they are informing the plan 
to rebuild Morrisons.”

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR

We have introduced new  
self-service and express  
checkouts into all of our stores.

We are showcasing 
‘Made by Morrisons’ products.

I have just completed my first year as your 
Chief Executive. It has been a year of listening 
hard to customers, responding quickly wherever 
possible, and improving the business.

Morrisons is a business I have admired for many 
years. It was clear from listening to our four key 
stakeholders (customers, colleagues, suppliers 
and shareholders), that it has many strengths. 

First and foremost our colleagues are our 
greatest asset – highly skilled and passionate 
about their company. This turnaround will 
be employee-led.

Customers appreciate that we are a British 
grocer, with a strong heritage. We are a food 
maker and shopkeeper. Good quality fresh 
food and great value for money are our 
key strengths, and Market Street is special. 
Half of what we sell is fresh food and half 
our fresh food we produce ourselves, 
providing unrivalled provenance from 
our own manufacturing capacity.

Our financial strength is also important. 
We have a strong cash flow, a strong and 
improving balance sheet, a largely freehold 
property portfolio and pension schemes in 
surplus. So, we have much to be optimistic 
about and firm foundations on which to build 
the turnaround. That turnaround will have 
three phases – fix, rebuild and grow.

Customer satisfaction

Last year

This year

Our first aims during the year were to begin to 
stabilise sales, and lower costs. To do this we 
identified the management talent we required 
and built a leaner, more focused team at our 
head office, in Bradford. The smaller Executive 
Committee is complete and many other 
important senior appointments have been 
made from inside and outside Morrisons.

We have started to deliver on our initial aims. 
Trading has begun to stabilise and volume 
growth is returning. This has been achieved 
while continuing the journey of lowering 
everyday prices for customers. This means more 
price deflation and significantly fewer coupons, 
both of which have created headwinds for  
like-for-like sales but have improved the clarity 
of our offer for customers.

We have continued our programme to 
remove wasted effort and reduce costs, albeit 
with some changes to some components, 
and remain confident of saving £1bn in the 
period 2014/15 – 2016/17. This has involved 
some difficult choices, particularly around 
restructuring head office and closing or selling 
some underperforming stores, but these were 
necessary to start to create a cost effective 
and more responsive organisation.

This turnaround is a journey that has now 
started. It has been informed by a listening 
programme that identified six priorities – to be 
more competitive, to serve customers better, 
to find local solutions, to develop popular 
and useful services, to simplify and speed 
up the organisation, and to make the core 
supermarkets strong again. We go through 
the details of these on the following pages. 

If we execute successfully, I am confident we 
can grow volumes, improve like-for-like sales, 
rebuild profits and improve our return on 
capital, while continually generating cash.

David Potts
Chief Executive

1

4

8

12

16

20

24 28

32

36 40 44 48 52

4

Weeks of the year

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCStrategic report7

Morrisons as food maker
Our food manufacturing capabilities – 
in Meat, Fish, Bakery, Fruit & Veg, Deli, and 
Flowers – make us unique as a British food 
maker as well as a shopkeeper. We operate 
from 15 manufacturing sites across Britain. 
The business is well-run and well-invested, 
with plenty of capacity to grow sales both 
for Morrisons and others. After reviewing the 
business during my first year, it is clear to me 
that manufacturing is core for Morrisons – 
part of both the solution and the considerable 
opportunity for the business.

During the year, we began making the freshness, 
quality and provenance provided by our unique 
manufacturing capabilities more visible to our 
customers. ‘Made by Morrisons’ showcases 
some of the best in-store skills of our highly 
trained butchers, bakers, fishmongers and other 
craftspeople, and we are introducing many 
good quality, great value products into this 
important and exclusive range.

As we keep improving the shopping trip, 
customers will see more of Morrisons as a food 
maker in our stores. Those food maker skills 
will help to both win more customers back 
to Morrisons and gain new ones.

Morrisons as shopkeeper
We spent much of the year improving the 
shopping trip for customers. First, we recruited 
5,000 new colleagues and re-scheduled the 
hours of others to better serve customers 
during the busiest times of the week.

We improved the look, feel and maintenance 
of every store inside and out through a 
programme called ‘Back to Best’. Store layouts 
improved, especially in Beers, Wines & Spirits 
and Fruit & Veg. We also started a ‘Fresh Look’ 
refit programme that will upgrade the entire 
store estate by 2018/19, including 200 stores 
that have not been freshened up in more than 
five years.

We also introduced new self-service and 
express checkouts into all our stores, and 
improved all our point-of-sale material to be 
clearer for customers.

Our promotions are now better and easier to 
shop, and our prices lower, more consistent and 
well communicated. We simplified our ‘Match & 
More’ card so customers could use it on every 
shopping trip, and invested in everyday round 
pound and sharper pricing, to begin to cut 
every penny we can for customers.

Outlook
To begin the turnaround, we made some 
tough choices during the year – the head 
office restructuring and some particularly 
difficult decisions around underperforming 
store closures and the sale of the M local chain. 
These were necessary steps for the long term 
benefit of all stakeholders.

I am optimistic for the future. As the Chairman 
said, we are not planning for the trading 
environment to improve. Despite improving 
consumer confidence, the return of real wage 
increases, and higher disposable income, we 
are not assuming changing shopping habits will 
reverse. Deflation will persist in our business as 
we continue to invest in lower prices for our 
customers and strive to improve the value for 
money we offer.

Despite this tough backdrop, I am convinced 
we are doing the right things to begin the 
turnaround. Customer satisfaction levels 
are significantly up and we are beginning 
to welcome customers back to Morrisons.

And, as I said, it will be Morrisons skilled and 
passionate colleagues who will make the 
difference and are key to our future success. 
I would like to thank all of our colleagues, 
particularly those helping to improve the 
shopping trip for customers every day, 
for all the hard work and dedication so far.

Our manufacturing facilities have capacity 
to grow. Whilst we sold the M local stores, 
the broader convenience market remains 
a sizeable opportunity for Morrisons and 
we are currently trialling a franchise petrol 
forecourt convenience offer. We also have 
many new ideas of how to provide popular 
and useful services at our stores. With our 
partner, Ocado, we have expanded the reach 
of Morrisons.com to over 50% of British 
households and online losses are reducing. 
There are wholesale opportunities as the recent 
partnership with Amazon shows. And there are 
plenty of new growth opportunities, such as 
Nutmeg clothing that we can further explore. 
All of these have the common feature of being 
capital light which is the future growth route 
for Morrisons.

David Potts
Chief Executive

We recruited  
5,000 new  
colleagues to better 
serve customers 
during the  
busiest times 
of the week

Key Measures

2015/16 Quarterly Group  
LFL sales performance

(2.6%)

(2.9%)

(2.4%)

(2.6%)

0.1%

Q4*

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Definition 
LFL sales performance measures the percentage change  
in year-on-year sales (excluding VAT and fuel), removing 
the impact of new store openings and closures in the 
current or previous financial year.

2015/16 LFL Quarterly number of transactions 

(1.9%)

(3.2%)

(2.6%)

(2.0%)

1.6%

Q4*

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Definition 
LFL number of transactions, year-on-year change. 
Excludes online and convenience.

*  2014/15.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/168

Our six priorities

 1

 2

 3

To be  
more  
competitive

To serve  
customers  
better

Find  
local  
solutions

Morrisons is a value for money brand. 
Customers tell us they want the great 
Morrisons range at low prices.

Good customer service is part  
of Morrisons. Market Street and our 
skilled colleagues make Morrisons 
different from other supermarkets.

Morrisons has almost 500 
neighbourhood supermarkets that 
can serve local customers better.

Morrisons should be a place customers can always 
trust – low prices every day. During the year, 
we invested over £370m into the customer offer, 
most of it into price, bringing the total to nearly 
£700m over the last two years. We cut prices of 
key commodities and everyday items. Via our 
unique manufacturing skills, we are also building 
a range of ‘Made by Morrisons’ products, such as 
fresh quiche and freshly baked Coburg Cob bread, 
at great value which are proving very popular 
with customers.

We have made our stores easier to shop for 
customers. We introduced fewer and more 
impactful offers, many at simple round pound 
price points, and sharper prices, saving our 
customers every penny we can. We have also 
simplified our ‘Match & More’ card to make it 
easier for customers to understand and use. 
All of this is being communicated more clearly  
and simply, without complicated claims, 
through new and improved in-store marketing.

Our aim is to use our strengths to provide a 
simpler and competitive Morrisons price list 
for all our customers – one that is unique 
to us. Those strengths include our broader 
business, such as wholesale supply, which help 
us lower costs and continue to cut prices in 
our supermarkets.

During the year ahead we will continue to invest 
to become more competitive. For example, 
Price Crunch cut the price of more than 1,000 
everyday items in February and there is more 
to come throughout the year. 

We want to serve our customers better. 
Customers tell us they want great service, shorter 
queues and products to be available especially 
at the busiest times. 

During the year, we recruited 5,000 new in-store 
colleagues and re-scheduled hours towards the 
busiest times of the week.

We launched initiatives to remove wasted effort, 
improve on-shelf availability and ease pressure 
at the tills. For example, there were major 
programmes to introduce express checkouts, 
replace and upgrade the self-scan checkouts in 
all our stores, and relay our Beers, Wines & Spirits 
and Fruit & Veg departments to a new look.

We are ensuring we have the right technology 
and in-store colleague structure to more 
effectively and directly manage queues, and 
we will be improving the customer offer on 
Market Street.

We are also working on ways of improving 
product availability, particularly in Fresh which 
we know is so important to our customers.

There is still a lot to do, but customers are beginning 
to notice the difference. There has already been 
a reduction in queue lengths and a significant 
improvement in our customer satisfaction scores.

Morrisons stores are well-located, serving 
neighbourhoods and communities. We have an 
opportunity to improve our local customer offer 
both by region and store-by-store, and make 
every square foot count.

Scotland, Wales and big cities have their own 
identity which we can better serve. Every store 
is unique.

By listening to our customers and colleagues, 
we will tailor the offer of each one to local tastes 
and demographics. A core offer will apply, with 
managers able to flex outside the core to best 
suit local customers. The organisation will be 
largely central, but the execution local – local 
solutions for national benefit.

Elements of each store’s ranging, promotions and 
services can be localised, and thereby become 
more relevant and successful. We have appointed 
a small team responsible for identifying key local 
opportunities including seasonality, ethnicity, 
affluence and life stage (for example, students). 

In addition, the ‘Fresh Look’ programme is being 
shaped by the communities served by Morrisons 
stores. Specific popular and useful services will be 
tailored to provide local solutions for each store.

We are also introducing programmes to be more 
active with local marketing, and to better utilise 
our stores as centres of the local community.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCStrategic report9

 4

 5

 6

Develop popular  
and useful 
services

To simplify and  
speed up the 
organisation

To make core  
supermarkets 
strong again

Popular and useful services will give 
our customers more reasons to visit 
their local Morrisons.

Morrisons is building a culture based 
on speed and teamwork, so we 
become agile and responsive.

Morrisons has some strong services – 336 petrol 
filling stations, 398 cafés, 118 pharmacies and 147 
dry cleaners.

We continue to simplify and improve, and 
build a culture based on speed and teamwork, 
with clear and consistent ways of working.

We also have a great opportunity. We own 85% 
of our stores, and we see several opportunities 
to provide third party in-store or on-site services 
that will help our stores be more attractive places 
to visit. These will not require us to commit 
significant capital, but will generate income 
and enhance returns. 

Progress on costs is good and we remain confident 
of saving £1bn in the three years to the end of 
2016/17. This has involved some difficult choices, 
particularly around restructuring the head office, 
where c.800 roles have been removed, and also 
closing underperforming stores and selling the  
M local chain. 

For example, we have been trialling various 
in-store formats, such as Timpson at Morrisons, 
and we have the opportunity for complementary 
retail developments in our car parks.

However, these programmes are about much 
more than just cutting costs. They are helping 
to create a leaner, more efficient business which 
is more responsive for customers.

The leadership team has reduced from 110 to 
around 65 people. This smaller team has greater 
responsibility and accountability for bigger areas 
of the business. We have continued to refine 
both the in-store and field leadership structures. 
The field team is nearly complete and will include 
a mix of internal and external appointees, with 
a breadth of experience across a range of retail 
backgrounds. We expect this to bring a renewed 
vigour to our retail leadership. For example one 
third of regional managers are female, compared 
to just one person previously.

We have started to simplify and improve our 
relationships with suppliers. We are working 
together to develop a ‘sell for less’ culture which 
will mean lower every day prices for customers. 
This will involve substantially reducing the 
37 different sub-categories of commercial income 
agreements to a target of just three. 

We are also working with our suppliers category-
by-category and shelf-by-shelf to simplify the 
range in some areas and add space in others.

Cafés

398
147

Dry cleaners

Petrol filling 
stations

336
118

Pharmacies

Customers tell us what Morrisons 
stands for – good quality  
fresh food, great value for money, 
good customer service and 
authentically British.

We aim to deliver those strengths in every store. 
During the year, we completed a programme 
to ensure all of the estate is at a consistent 
high standard, ‘Back to Best’, both inside and 
out. Maintenance has been brought back  
in-house which is improving the service standards 
to our stores.

We have over 200 stores that have not been 
brightened-up for over five years. Our new 
‘Fresh Look’ programme upgraded over 50 stores 
last year and we are aiming for 100 a year from 
now on.

There are many improvements that ‘Fresh 
Look’ can apply almost universally across the 
estate. Improving the look and feel of Fresh, 
and allocating more space to growth categories 
such as Nutmeg clothing, Free From, World 
Foods, and Food to Go, as well as improving 
customer facilities such as the customer service 
desk and Café, are important components of the 
‘Fresh Look’ programme.

However, ‘Fresh Look’ is much more than a 
standardised refit. At each store, customer 
listening groups tell us what a store needs before 
work starts and we listen to feedback again 
after the work has been done. So, ‘Fresh Look’ 
covers all aspects of the store – management, 
structure, range and labour scheduling, not just 
the physical layout. 

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1610

Chief Financial Officer’s review

Financial review of the year
Creating value for all stakeholders.

A strong balance 
sheet and robust cash 
flow is a platform for 
the business

Trevor Strain 
Chief Financial Officer

Key Measures

Group LFL sales performance

1.8%

(2.1%)

(2.8%)

(5.9%)

(2.0%)

2011/12

2012/13

2013/14

2014/15

2015/16

Definition 
LFL sales performance measures the percentage 
change in year-on-year sales (excluding VAT  
and fuel), removing the impact of new store openings 
and closures in the current or previous financial year.

Net debt

2,817

2,608

2,340

2,086

1,746

2013/14

H1
2014/15

2014/15

H1

2015/16 2015/16

Definition 
A metric that shows the Group’s indebtedness.

Introduction 
2015/16 was another year of strong cash flow 
generation for Morrisons. We achieved our 
initial aim of beginning to stabilise sales whilst 
operating from a lower cost base.

For the second consecutive year we generated 
cash after dividends and before property 
disposals. In the last two years we have 
delivered £1.6bn of free cash flow, and net 
debt at the end of the year was £1.75bn. 
We are focused on delivery of our cash 
improvement programmes and are committed 
to capital discipline with strong cost control. 
We are working to reduce debt further and are 
targeting a range of £1.4bn to £1.5bn by the end 
of 2016/17. 

During 2016/17, we will continue to invest in the 
business, specifically in our six priorities. We can 
also become a stronger, broader business.

The turnaround and the broader business 
opportunities aim to improve sales, margin 
and asset intensity, which in turn will improve 
returns for shareholders. Growth will be capital 
light, disciplined and sustainable.

Summary income statement

Turnover
Operating profit/(loss)
Net finance costs
Share of profit of  
joint ventures
Profit/(loss) before tax
Underlying profit before tax
One-off restructuring costs
Underlying profit before 
restructuring costs and tax
Underlying earnings 
per share

2015/16 
£m

16,122
314
(99)

2014/15 
£m

16,816
(696)
(98)

2
217
242
60

302

2
(792)
345
68

413

7.8p

10.9p

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCStrategic report11

Turnover
Total turnover during the period was £16.1bn, 
down 4.1% year-on-year. Store turnover of 
£12.8bn, excluding fuel, was down by 1.4%. 
This comprised like-for-like (LFL) down 2.0% 
(including a contribution of 1.0% from online) 
and 0.6% contribution from new space. 

We were pleased with the improvement in sales 
towards the end of the year. In line with our aim 
to begin to stabilise trade, fourth quarter LFL 
ex-fuel was up 0.1%, despite deflation remaining 
above 3%, and lower coupon activity having 
an impact on basket size. The LFL number of 
customer transactions were also positive in the 
fourth quarter. Overall in the second half of 
the year, LFL was down 1.3%, an improvement 
on the first half which was down 2.7%. 

Fuel sales fell by 12.6% to £3.1bn, with the impact 
of deflation becoming more severe through 
the year. Towards the end of the year we led 
the market lower on fuel prices, and volumes 
responded. In the fourth quarter, despite 
deflation of nearly 20%, fuel LFL was almost flat.

Cost savings
We achieved full year cost savings of £423m, 
bringing the two year total to £647m. 
We remain focused on costs and are on track 
to deliver our target of £1bn of savings over 
the three years to the end of 2016/17.

Operating profit

Operating profit/(loss)
Underlying 
adjustments:
–  Impairment and  
provision for 
onerous contracts

–  Profit/loss on 

disposal and exit 
of properties
–  Pension scheme 
set-up costs
–  Loss/(profit) 

arising disposal 
of businesses

Underlying  
operating profit

2015/16 
£m
314

2014/15 
£m
(696)

87

1,273

(131)

35

34

339

(131)

–

(4)

442

Operating profit was £314m (2014/15: loss of 
£696m). Underlying operating profit, which 
excludes impairment and provision for onerous 
contracts, property disposal profits, losses 
on the disposal of M local, and the one-off 
set-up cost of the defined contribution 
pension scheme, was £339m (2014/15: £442m). 
The year on year reduction reflects our ongoing 
investment in being more competitive and 
serving customers better with £373m invested 
this year.

Underlying profit

Reported profit/(loss)  
before tax
Underlying 
adjustments:
–  Impairment and 
provision for 
onerous contracts
–  Profit/loss arising  
on disposal and 
exit of properties
–  Pension scheme 
set-up costs
–  Loss/(profit) 
on disposal  
of businesses
–  Net pension 

interest income
Underlying profit 
before tax
Underlying profit 
margin

2015/16 
£m

2014/15 
£m

217

(792)

87

1,273

(131)

(131)

35

34

–

242

1.5%

–

(4)

(1)

345

2.1%

Reported profit before tax was £217m 
(2014/15: loss of £792m), and underlying profit 
before tax was £242m (2014/15: £345m), or 
£302m (2014/15: £413m) after adjusting for £60m 
(2014/15: £68m) store closure and restructuring 
costs. Underlying basic earnings per share 
reduced to 7.8p (2014/15: 10.9p), reflecting the 
reduction in underlying profit before tax.

Debt, cash flow and working capital

Summary cash flow

Cash generated  
from operations 
before onerous  
capital payments
Onerous capital 
payments
Cash generated 
from operations
Proceeds from sale  
of plant, property  
and equipment and 
sale of businesses
Capital expenditure
Dividends paid
Dividends received 
Purchase of shares 
in subsidiary
Purchase of own shares
Tax and interest 
Other non-cash 
movements
Net cash flow
Opening net debt
Closing net debt

2015/16 
£m

2014/15 
£m

1,055

1,044

(29)

1,026

320
(365)
(260)
8

(3)
(13)
(136)

17
594
(2,340)
(1,746)

(74)

970

450
(520)
(308)
–

–
(8)
(92)

(15)
477
(2,817)
(2,340)

Group net debt fell to £1.75bn, down £594m 
year on year. 

Our plans to improve free cash flow are 
progressing very well with £854m delivered 
during the year. We now expect to exceed our 
target of generating £2bn of free cash flow over 
the three years to 2016/17. 

Continued strong cash generation meant our 
committed working capital facilities were called 
upon only temporarily in the second half. 
We made good progress in all areas of working 
capital, delivering an operating working capital 
improvement of £348m, taking the two year 
improvement to £554m. 

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1612

Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

During the year we realised net proceeds 
relating to property and businesses of £320m, 
generating a profit on disposal of £131m, before 
the £34m loss on disposal of the M local 
business. Over the last two years, we have 
realised £750m of property disposal proceeds. 
We remain committed to a predominantly 
freehold store portfolio. At year end, we 
owned 85% of our stores, a ratio that is broadly 
unchanged since the start of our disposal and 
underperforming store closure programmes. 

Interest
Net finance costs were £99m (2014/15: £98m). 
In February 2016, we agreed to redeem our 
$250m US private placement (USPP) notes, 
which were due to mature in 2026 generating 
an annual interest benefit of around £8m. 
The one-off payment of £17m was half of the 
contracted ‘make whole’ cost. We will recognise 
this cost outside of underlying profit before tax 
for 2016/17. 

Tax
The management of our tax affairs is focused 
on ensuring that we pay the tax we are obliged 
to pay in accordance with the law and that 
our tax affairs are consistent with our broader 
corporate objectives. We regard this as being 
important in protecting our reputation and 
brand, and have a tax management framework 
which ensures that the needs of all of our 
stakeholders are considered. 

The Group is committed to paying all of 
its taxes in full and on time. It is a major 
contributor across a wide range of UK taxes. 
In 2015/16, Morrisons made net payments 
of £1,109m to the UK government of which 
£538m was borne by Morrisons and the 
remaining £571m was collected on behalf 
of our colleagues, customers and suppliers.

Summary balance sheet

Fixed assets and 
investments
Working capital
Provisions and tax
Net pension asset/ 
(liability)
Net debt
Net assets

2015/16 
£m

7,775
(1,710)
(749)

186
(1,746)
3,756

2014/15 
£m

8,023
(1,324)
(726)

(39)
(2,340)
3,594

Pension
Our pension schemes remain well-funded 
and we recognised a £186m surplus at year 
end. The planned launch of our new defined 
contribution pension scheme has resulted in 
a charge of £35m being incurred in the second 
half of the year. This has been excluded from 
underlying earnings.

Capital expenditure
Capital expenditure fell to £365m, from £520m 
in 2014/15. This was lower than the planned 
c.£400m, as some projects moved into 2016/17. 

A large part of our expenditure was spent on 
refreshing our stores. We completed over 50 
‘Fresh Look’ refits during the year and expect to 
complete around 100 per annum going forward, 
with the aim of having the whole estate 
updated by the end of 2018/19.

In addition, we incurred £29m of capital 
payments on onerous contracts in 2015/16, 
which were previously provided for.

Optimise assets
We are committed to optimising our assets, 
addressing underperformance and improving 
returns. We closed 21 underperforming 
supermarkets and exited the M local business 
during the year, and in January announced a 
proposal to close a further seven supermarkets. 
In total, these closures represent 5% of 
Morrisons space. We have no further plans 
for a programme of store closures. 

We opened one new store during 2015/16 and 
will open one during 2016/17. Looking forward 
to 2016/17, the sales contribution from net new 
space will be negative as a result of the impact 
of the store closures. 

Space

Number of 
core stores
Number of 
convenience 
stores
Total 
number  
of stores
Total area in 
square feet 
(000)
Number of 
petrol filling 
stations

At 2 
February  
2015

New 
stores Transfers

Store  
closures

At 31  
January 
2016

514

153

667

1

5

6

4

(21)

498

(5)

(153)

–

(1)

(174)

498

14,732

38

–

(628) 14,142

335

–

1

–

336

Key Measures

Capital expenditure (£m)

901

1,016

1,086

520

365

2011/12

2012/13

2013/14

2014/15

2015/16

Definition 
Measured as additions to property, plant and 
equipment, investment properties, intangible 
assets and investments.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCStrategic report13

Return on Capital Employed
Return on Capital Employed at 5.3%, remains 
a key measure. We are focused on improving 
returns through the work we are doing on the 
operational performance drivers, specifically 
volume and costs. We are also optimising 
existing assets and dealing with assets which 
are underperforming. 

Key Measures

Return on capital employed (ROCE)

10.4%

9.8%

8.2%

5.6%

5.3%

2011/12

2012/13

2013/14

2014/15

2015/16

Definition 
ROCE is a relative profit measure showing the return 
generated from investments in assets.

Key balance sheet metrics

Interest cover
Net debt/EBITDA
Gearing
ROCE

2015/16

2014/15

4 times
2.2
46%
5.3%

5 times
2.6
65%
5.6%

Financial strategy

CAPITAL ALLOCATION FRAMEWORK

 1

 2

 3

 4

 5

Investing in maintaining estate and reducing cost

Maintaining debt ratios to support investment grade rating

Investing for profitable growth

Paying dividends in line with stated policy

Returning surplus capital to shareholders

Our capital allocation framework is set out above and is unchanged. Our first priority is to 
invest in our stores and infrastructure, and to reduce costs. Second, we will seek to maintain 
debt ratios that support our target of an investment grade credit rating. Third, we will invest 
in profitable growth opportunities. Fourth, we will pay dividends in line with our stated policy 
and; finally, any surplus capital will be returned to shareholders.

Shareholder returns
The 2015/16 dividend was re-aligned to reflect the Board’s commitment to the capital 
allocation framework described above, whilst providing the necessary financial resources 
to invest in delivering the turnaround. In line with the guidance we set out last year, 
the final dividend will be 3.50p per share, bringing the total for the year to 5.00p.

The business is profitable. It is deleveraging rapidly and generating positive cash, before 
disposals and after dividend. The balance sheet is strong and getting stronger. The Board 
therefore feels well-placed to set a future dividend policy that provides an appropriate 
balance between continued investment in our business and shareholder returns. 
The Board believes that total annual dividends should be covered around two times 
by underlying earnings. 

We remain committed to returning surplus capital to shareholders, and will do so at an 
appropriate time. However, our focus has been – and continues to be – delivering robust 
free cash flow to reduce debt.

Trevor Strain 
Chief Financial Officer

Approval of the Strategic report
Pages 2 to 21 of the Annual report form the Strategic report. 
The Strategic report was approved by the Board on 9 March 2016 and signed on its behalf by:

Mark Amsden 
Company Secretary 
9 March 2016

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1614

Relationships

Our colleagues and partners
“We continue to focus on getting the right people in the  
right place at the right time to support our customers’ needs  
and to deliver our priorities.”

HIGHLIGHTS

Restructuring our colleague base

Listening hard and responding quickly

People progressing from the  
shop floor to more senior  
positions in 2015/16

1,465

2015: 1,650

Percentage of colleagues  
who participated in  
the engagement surveys

72%

2015: 79%

Colleague Engagement  
Index: How engaged 
are colleagues?

76%

2015: 75% 

Key Measures
Colleague feedback
Colleague Engagement

73%

72%

75%

73%

76%

We have completed significant structural 
change during the year across all areas of the 
business to ensure we have the right number 
of people, with the right skills in the right place 
to serve our customers. During this process 
and the closure of 21 supermarkets we have 
worked hard to retain the skills and talents of 
our colleagues with over 40% being redeployed 
into different roles. 

The restructuring in head office has resulted 
in over c.800 roles being removed which have 
allowed us to reinvest in frontline colleague 
hours on smaller, flexible contracts, creating 
5,000 in-store roles. In addition over 2,000 store 
colleagues were successfully transferred across 
to My Local following the sale of M local.

We have agreed significant 
changes to how we pay and 
reward our colleagues

Hourly pay rates in retail have been increased to 
£8.20 which is £1 above the National Living Wage 
and highly competitive in the market. This has 
positioned us well for the implementation of 
the living wage in April 2016 and the legislated 
increases in subsequent years. 

Salaried pay has also been reviewed with 
pay bands identified for all salaried roles. 
Our organisational structure has been 
redesigned and simplified to ensure a maximum 
of eight levels from colleague to Executive 
Committee, every role has an updated job 
description linking to our business priorities. 

2012/13

2013/14

2014/15

2015/16 2015/16

Q1

Q3

Definition 
Colleague engagement is measured through our two 
annual surveys in Spring and Autumn.

During 2015/16 we’ve completed customer 
and colleague listening programmes across 
the business. This included listening groups 
at 110 of our stores as part of our ‘Fresh Look’ 
programme. Customers and colleagues have 
shared their feedback to enable us to improve 
their store with the right local solutions for 
them. We follow up on all actions raised 
and run weekly action meetings where 
senior managers across the business come 
together to listen and respond to the issues 
raised. We’ve seen both local and national 
improvements as a result of this work, for 
example, a redesign of our colleagues’ uniform 
which following further colleague feedback and 
involvement will be in all stores by the Autumn. 

Our two colleague engagement surveys 
during the year received a record level of 
responses, including over 142,000 unique free 
text responses to each survey. We continue to 
see a high response rate with over 70% of our 
colleagues taking time to participate. We’ve 
continued to make it easier for colleagues 
to have their say online via their mobile or 
tablet. This insight has been used to shape 
our corporate engagement plan.

During 2015/16 our measure of overall colleague 
engagement has improved from 75% to 
76% which is pleasing in the context of the 
difficult decisions we have needed to make 
on restructuring of the business. 

Store colleague engagement index has 
increased by 3.5%, with the key drivers being: 

• increased confidence in the future 

of Morrisons;

• good reasons for customers to shop 

at Morrisons; and 

• strong links to the local community.
Head office engagement index fell by 14.3% 
impacted by the restructuring programme 
during the year.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCStrategic report15

Talent, training and development

Our suppliers 

At Morrisons, we pride ourselves on good 
quality fresh food. We work closely with 
farmers and suppliers to shorten our supply 
chains and make them more efficient to ensure 
our food reaches our stores in the freshest 
possible condition. Our uniquely vertically 
integrated business model means we own more 
of our fresh food supply chain. This ensures we 
have greater control over supply chain visibility, 
quantity and quality, and reduces risk as we 
know where our food comes from.

We take pride in our heritage – British born and 
bred – so we buy British wherever possible. 
100% of our Morrisons branded beef, lamb, 
pork, chicken, milk and eggs are sourced in the 
UK. Buying British reduces food miles, adds to 
the national economy, strengthens agricultural 
industries and supports our rural communities. 

We have listened hard to our suppliers, and 
taken action wherever possible. For example, 
we recognised the challenges in the dairy 
industry. In October we launched ‘Milk for 
Farmers’ giving customers the choice to buy a 
brand of milk and cheese where a clear element 
of the proceeds goes back to dairy farmers.

During the year, we conducted a supplier 
conference where we launched 12 commitments 
which laid out our ways of working with our 
wider supplier base. These commitments are 
now at the centre of our supplier relationships, 
ensuring we are more competitive and simplify 
the way we work, with the aim of building 
trust and ultimately serving our customers 
better. We will continue to monitor ourselves 
against these commitments. We work closely 
with our suppliers to encourage and promote 
responsible practices throughout the supply 
chain, helping to ensure sustainable supply for 
future generations. We are also a participant 
in the Advantage survey, a comprehensive and 
independent survey of over 400 suppliers’ views 
on the status of their relationship with major 
grocery retailers in the UK.

This year we have focused on how we buy our 
products including simplifying our agreements. 
Our supply chain financing option also 
continues to be popular with our suppliers, with 
take up continuing to exceed our expectations.

Our ambition is always to have strong, mutually 
beneficial arrangements with our suppliers, 
responsible and fair trading terms and practices 
in line with the Groceries Supply Code 
of Practice.

To help our colleagues find opportunities to 
get on in the business we offer a number of 
programmes focusing on developing core skills, 
craft skills, technical skills and leadership skills. 
Over 550 store colleagues have completed retail 
or craft apprenticeships.

Accelerated learning programmes were launched 
in stores and logistics as a new way of fast 
tracking colleagues to gain new skills they need 
at pace to secure promotion at the next level.

Following the restructure in our retail stores 
we supported development into new roles 
by training c.9,500 team managers and c.3,500 
duty managers on job specific functional and 
behavioural skills.

We continue to build our talent pipeline 
from within by equipping trainees with the 
knowledge and skills needed to be successful 
in a dynamic retail environment.

This year we recruited 62 graduates and have 133 
graduate trainees completing operational; retail 
and head office functions schemes. In July, 22 
colleagues graduated from Bradford University 
achieving a BSc. (Hons) in Management & 
Business in addition to 54 colleagues completing 
a foundation degree in logistics and supply 
chain from Hull University.

Within our senior leader population, managers 
with potential to become Directors participated 
in a future business leader programme including 
a business placement in a local charity.

Human rights and diversity 

We pride ourselves on being a diverse 
organisation. We respect the human rights 
of all individuals as well as the communities 
in which we work and are committed to 
providing a workplace free from harassment 
and offering equal opportunities for promotion 
and advancement. During 2015/16, Morrisons 
employed 54,013 men and 66,900 women. 
In addition, 54 of our senior managers and six 
of our Board Directors were men, while 12 of 
our senior managers and two of our Board 
Directors were women. The retail field team 
now includes seven female regional managers, 
up from just one previously.

This year we have continued our work to build 
a workforce representative of the communities 
we serve. 

Progress has been made against our diversity 
strategy which operates across all our talent 
activities, and will focus on addressing the 
identified gaps in our pipeline, will ensure 
a balanced slate for all senior promotion 
and hiring decisions, and adopt a standard 
assessment process so that our talent 
is assessed on an unbiased basis.

Mastercraft competition 
Our annual competition, which challenges the 
specialist knowledge and practical skills of our 
colleagues in our specialist craft areas from our 
Market Street, was a huge success this year. 
The competition included colleagues from our eight 
craft trades – butchery, bakery, fishbar, delicatessen, 
wine, flowers, cakeshop and produce. 

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1616

The Groceries Supply Code 
of Practice
The Groceries Supply Code of Practice (GSCOP) 
(the ‘Code’) applies to all grocery retailers with 
an annual turnover in excess of £1bn. Essentially, 
the Code creates certain specific rights and 
obligations that regulate our trading relationship 
with suppliers.

We actively engage with the relevant regulatory 
bodies, the Office of the Groceries Code 
Adjudicator (GCA) and the Competition & 
Markets Authority (CMA), to build best practice 
in relation to the Code. We have regular 
meetings with the GCA and provide updates on 
our activity, challenges in relation to the Code 
and details on specific areas of interest for 
the Adjudicator.

During the year, we continued to build on 
our training programme for all supplier-facing 
colleagues. This year we ran two face-to-face 
briefing and feedback sessions for all buyers 
and relevant trading colleagues. In addition, 
we ran bespoke sessions for colleagues in 
our supply chain team and a further session 
for finance colleagues who work closely with 
our trading function. We undertook a further 
detailed review of relevant processes utilising 
our Internal Audit team. Building on audits 
in previous years, additional actions were 
identified for continued process improvement 
including the strengthening of the compliance 
and monitoring team through the addition 
of a dedicated and independent resource.

Enquiries from suppliers on Code related 
matters were dealt with in accordance with 
the regulations. Any matter not resolved 
directly with a buyer is escalated to the 
relevant Category Director and, if requested, 
to our appointed Code Compliance Officer 
(CCO). Additional day-to-day guidance and 
advice on the Code is provided by the Group’s 
legal function.

During 2015/16 we have successfully worked 
with suppliers to resolve the majority of 
complaints that have arisen with reference to 
the provisions of the Code. In summary nine 
new complaints were made by suppliers which 
were notified to our CCO. In total, eight of 
those were either resolved or withdrawn during 
the course of the year. The remaining matter 
at the financial year end has subsequently 
been resolved.

Relationships continued

For overall governance, routine reports and 
updates are provided to our Corporate 
Compliance and Responsibility Committee, 
Audit Committee and Executive Committee on 
all aspects of the Code including developments 
about its operation or regulation. We formally 
report details of activity over the year and 
specific complaints made by the suppliers to 
our CCO, to the GCA, and the CMA at the 
financial year end. 

Contact details and further information can 
be found at www.morrisons.co.uk/gscop.

Reducing emissions

Methodology
The information below is taken from our Group 
Carbon Footprint report, prepared internally 
and independently verified by Jacobs. We have 
reported for the calendar year 1 January to 
31 December for all years in order to remain 
consistent with our historical footprint reports. 

We have used the UK Government’s 
Environmental Reporting Guidance (2013 
version) to prepare these numbers, and 
the latest emissions factors from DEFRA/
DECC’s GHG Conversion Factors for 
Company Reporting.

We have revised our historical emissions figures 
following the sale of a number of sites and 
revisions to carbon conversion factors.

We have identified some possible inaccuracies 
with some of the refrigeration emissions 
figures from the previous year and are working 
to ensure these numbers are corrected in 
future reports.

The Carbon Footprint report includes all major 
sources of carbon emissions from the operation 
of the Group’s supermarkets, manufacturing 
and distribution sites and operation of its 
haulage fleet. Some minor exemptions are:

Subsidiaries
• Bos Brothers Fruit and Vegetables B.V. – 
Dutch vegetable packer that deals with 
energy locally;

•  Wm Morrison (HK) Limited – Hong Kong office 

that deals with energy locally;
• Wm Morrison Bananas Limited – 

a subsidiary that during the year was 
operated by the minority shareholder 
Global Ripeners Limited; and

• Neerock Farming Limited.

Sites
•  A number of distribution sites are operated 
by third parties who are responsible for the 
energy and carbon, including Dordon, Birstall, 
Feltham, Bury, Willand, Droitwich, Clipper, 
Northfleet, Bathgate and Bunzl.

Sources
•  Fuel oil – only four sites have fuel oil, which is 
estimated to account for less than 0.1% of the 
total footprint.

Group GHG emissions for year ending 31 December

Emission source
Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities
Natural Gas
Haulage
Business miles
Fugitive Emissions
Refrigerant
Energy purchased for own use
Electricity
Other
Staff travel
Waste
Total
Intensity ratio: kg CO2e per ft² GIA

2004/05 
Baseline  
Year

2014/15 
Prior  
Year

2015/16 
Current  
Year

Change vs. 
Baseline

102,470
139,847
4,511

146,911
109,990
3,643

155,087
114,989
3,743

51.3%
(17.8%)
(17.0%)

455,929

105,173

237,863

(47.8%)

798,596

756,595

672,451

(15.8%)

37,282
36,730
1,575,365
50.4

24,162
22,197
1,168,671
29.5

34,266
20,876
1,239,275
32.0

(8.1%)
(43.2%)
(21.3%)
(36.5%)

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCStrategic report17

Risk

Managing our risks
Recognising the effect of uncertainty on our business  
means that we are in a better position to achieve our objectives, 
respond to emerging risks and create opportunities.

Principal risks

The Directors have carried out a robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing the 
Group, including those that would threaten its 
business model, future performance, solvency 
or liquidity.

This assessment of principal risks has resulted 
in some changes from those risks disclosed 
last year. Business strategy has been removed 
as a separate risk but the key elements are 
included in the other risks listed, notably the 
newly added risks of customer and supplier 
relationships. The supply chain management 
and integrity risk has been removed and 
incorporated into the supplier relationships 
and food and product integrity risks. The IT 
systems upgrade risk has been removed as this 
project is substantially complete. The regulation 
risk has also been removed and key elements 
of it are covered in the health and safety, 
food safety and product integrity and supplier 
relationships risks. 

The principal risks identified by the Board and 
corresponding mitigating controls are set out 
(on the next page) in no order of priority.

Risk management approach

The achievement of our six priorities depends 
on our ability to make sound, risk-informed 
decisions. Managing risk and uncertainty is an 
integral part of doing business. We manage 
increasing uncertainty as we respond to 
changes in our industry by maintaining a 
business wide understanding of our key 
risks and how to manage them. This assists 
in delivering our promises to customers 
and shareholders.

The risk management process

Our risk management framework has been 
built to identify, evaluate, mitigate and monitor 
those risks which threaten the achievement of 
our six priorities. The framework incorporates 
both a top down approach to identify the 
Group’s principal risks and a bottom up 
approach to identify operational risks. 

At the core of the risk management process are 
the risk registers for each function. These detail 
the key operating risks and are used to assess 
the gross level of risk (likelihood and impact), 
mitigating controls, the resultant net level of 
risk, risk mitigation plans and target level of 
risk. The risk registers are owned and managed 
by operational management, with the head 
of each function certifying annually that 
these have been reviewed and action plans 
are in place where required. The risk registers 
are formally reviewed by a sub group of the 
Executive Committee.

A Group risk register is reviewed and updated at 
least twice a year by the Executive Committee. 
It details the Group’s principal risks, owners, 
the level of risk and mitigating actions. 
The Executive Committee’s assessment of 
these risks takes into account the operating 
risks, strategic risks, external factors and any 
emerging risks. 

The principal risks are monitored every month 
by the Executive Committee using key risk 
indicator reporting, supplemented by specific 
deep dive reviews as appropriate. 

The Risk and Internal Audit function facilitates 
the preparation of both functional and 
Group risk registers. It supports the Audit 
Committee in reviewing the effectiveness of 
risk management and internal control systems. 
Where weaknesses are identified, Risk and 
Internal Audit work with the business to agree 
actions to mitigate these.

The Audit Committee supports the Board 
in establishing a robust risk management 
framework by approving the risk management 
process and reviewing the Group’s principal 
risks and key risk indicator reporting. 

Read more on risk governance in the Audit 
Committee report on pages 28 to 31.

Key areas of focus

Key activities and developments during 
2015/16 include:

•  update of the Group risk register 
by the Executive Committee;

•  embedding of risk register reviews by functions 

and sub group of Executive Committee;

•  development of Group risk reporting using key risk 

indicators; and

•  alignment with recent changes to the 

UK Corporate Governance Code, including 
development of a viability statement.

Our priorities for 2016/17 include:

•  reviewing and updating the controls framework 
to further develop key controls monitoring and 
performance at a functional level; and

•  developing the Group’s risk appetite framework.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1618

Principal risks

RISK TYPE

DESCRIPTION

MITIGATION

Business 
interruption

  #

Competition

 1

Customer

 3

 1

 4

 2

 6

Data 
  #

Financial 
and treasury

  #

Food safety  
and product  
integrity
  #

There is a risk that a major incident, 
such as a natural disaster or strike 
action, could cause significant 
disruption to business operations. 
The Group’s response must be 
appropriate to minimise disruption 
and reputational damage.

• We have recovery plans in place covering our stores, depots, factories and offices;
• These plans include, where appropriate, secondary locations which would be 

used as backup in case of an incident;

• A Crisis Management Group is in place to oversee these plans and to manage and 

respond to any major incidents; and

• We conduct supplier risk assessments and have contingency plans in place, 

where possible, to manage the risk of loss of supply.

If we do not effectively manage our 
trade plan to remain competitive there 
is a risk that we will not achieve our 
financial targets.
The Grocery sector continues to 
be challenging with high levels of 
competitive activity, food price 
deflation and enhancement of service 
through technology. This leads to an 
increase in this risk.

• We have continued to invest heavily in price and to emphasise Morrisons’ point 

of difference through the ‘Made by Morrisons’ campaign;

• We review and actively manage our price points, sales proposition, 

and promotional and marketing campaigns; 

• Competitor pricing positions and market trends are reviewed on a weekly 

basis; and

• Our strong balance sheet and proven ability to generate cash will allow 

us to further invest in our proposition.

There is a risk that we don’t meet 
the needs of our customers in respect 
of price, range, quality and service. 
If we don’t provide the shopping trip 
that the customer wants, we could 
lose sales and market share.

• We have focused the business on six priorities (see pages 8 to 9) which puts the 

customer at the centre of our decision making;

• We have implemented a large scale programme of customer listening groups 
to gain a deep understanding of what our customers want and, where we can 
improve, these have informed our store refresh programme;

• We closely monitor customer perceptions research and respond quickly where 

A security breach leading to loss 
of customer, colleague or Group 
confidential data is a key aspect of this 
principal risk. A major data security 
breach could lead to significant 
reputational damage and fines.
Increased regulation and financial 
penalties in addition to increased 
incidents of cyber attacks on 
corporates has led to the increase 
in this risk.

The main areas of this principal 
risk are the availability of funding 
and management of cash flow to 
meet business needs. In addition, 
fluctuations in commodity prices and 
foreign exchange rates could impact 
the Group’s profitability.

There is a risk that the products we 
sell are unsafe or not of the integrity 
that our customers expect. It is of 
utmost importance to us and to the 
confidence that customers have in our 
business that we meet the required 
standards. If we do not do this it 
could impact business reputation 
and financial performance.

possible; and

• We have continued to expand the geography covered by our online offering 

meaning more people are able to shop online with us.

• We have an Information Management Steering Group which has the responsibility 

for overseeing data management practices, policies, awareness and training; 
• Information security policies and procedures are in place, including encryption, 

network security, systems access and data protection; and

• This is supported by ongoing monitoring, reporting and rectification 

of vulnerabilities.

• The Group’s treasury function is responsible for the forward planning and 
management of funding, interest rate, foreign currency exchange rate and 
commodity price risks (see note 7). They report to the Treasury Committee and 
operate within clear policies and procedures which are approved by the Board; and
• For livestock and produce, we track prices and forecasts and enter into long term 

contracts where appropriate to ensure stability of price and supply.

• Strict standards and monitoring processes are in place to manage food safety 

and product integrity throughout the Group and supply chain;

• Regular assessments of our suppliers and own manufacturing facilities are 

undertaken by a dedicated team to ensure adherence to standards;

• Our vertical integration model gives us control over the integrity of a significant 

proportion of our fresh food;

• Management regularly monitors food safety and product integrity performance 
and compliance as well as conducting horizon scanning to anticipate emerging 
issues; and

• The process is supported by external accreditation and internal 

training programmes.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCStrategic report19

RISK TYPE 
Health and safety

  #

DESCRIPTION

MITIGATION

The main aspect of this principal risk 
is of injury or harm to customers or 
colleagues. Failure to prevent incidents 
could impact business reputation 
and customer confidence and lead 
to financial penalties.

• We have clear policies and procedures detailing the controls required to manage 

health and safety risks across the business;

• An ongoing training programme is in place for frontline operators and management; 
• A programme of health and safety audits is in place across our stores, depots, 

factories and offices with resource dedicated to manage this risk effectively; and 
• Management regularly monitors health and safety performance and compliance. 

People
  #

Supplier 
relationships

 1

 5

Our colleagues are key to the 
achievement of our plan, particularly 
as we make changes to the business. 
There is a risk that if we fail to attract, 
retain or motivate talented colleagues, 
we will not provide the quality of 
service that our customers expect.
Business change and the challenging 
trading environment may impact 
on colleagues leading to an increase 
in this risk.

There is a risk that if we fail to engage 
effectively with our suppliers we 
will not be able to deliver the right 
proposition for our customers. 
Maintaining strong and effective 
relationships with our suppliers will 
be key as we develop a ‘sell for less 
culture’ and simplify our ranges. 
Additionally we need to ensure 
compliance with Groceries Supply 
Code of Practice (GSCOP) regulation.

• We have competitive employment policies, remuneration and benefits packages; 
• A new Group wide reward framework has been introduced and roles are evaluated 

against an external framework, driving stronger consistency of rewards;

• Our training and development programmes are designed to give colleagues the 

skills they need to do their job and support their career aspirations;

• Line managers conduct regular talent reviews and processes are in place to identify 

and actively manage talent (see more in our people section on page 14); and

• Colleague engagement surveys, listening sessions and networking forums are used 

to understand and respond to our colleagues’ needs.

• We work closely with our suppliers to build joint business plans, ensuring 

a competitive customer offer and a resilient supply base; 

• We have a GSCOP compliance framework in place including training for relevant 

colleagues and processes to monitor compliance; and

• Additionally we have a channel for suppliers to provide feedback and 

a Code Compliance Officer.

Key

Link to six priorities

Increase in residual risk

No change

Decrease in residual risk

 1

 2

 3

 4

 To be more competitive

 To serve customers better

 To find local solutions

To develop popular and useful services

Viability statement

 5

 6

  #

To simplify and speed up the organisation

To make the core supermarkets strong again

Underpins all six priorities

The Directors have assessed the viability of the 
Group over a three year period to January 2019. 

The Group’s business model is not dependent 
on any particular contract or resource with 
fixed end dates; the period was selected 
because the Group’s forecasts associated with 
the detailed strategic and financial plans are 
prepared over this period and were considered 
to be the most robust and appropriate means 
to support its viability statement. 

As part of the strategic planning process, 
the Directors make a number of assumptions 
about business performance and the ability 
of the Group to raise debt financing. The Group 
carefully plans and reviews the maturity profile 
of debt facilities to avoid coterminous maturity 
dates and liquidity forecasting gives visibility of 
headroom under committed facilities over the 
period of the financial plans.

Key metrics in the plan, such as cash flow, 
interest cover, liquidity and ability to raise debt 
financing, were subject to sensitivity testing 
by flexing a number of the main financial 
assumptions in order to assess the impact of 
principal risks in severe but plausible scenarios.

Based on this assessment, and taking into 
account the Group’s current position, the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group will be able to continue in operation 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over 
the three year period of their assessment.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1620

Corporate Responsibility

Responsible retailing

OUR PRIORITIES

WHAT WE’VE DONE

WHY IT MATTERS

WHAT WE WILL DO NEXT 

Sustainable  
supply chains

Responsible 
sourcing

Managing our 
environmental 
footprint

Three out of three trees 
in WWF’s UK Timber  
Sourcing Scorecard

Published Ocean 
Disclosure Project detailing 
the fisheries we buy from, 
catch method and issues

With the population set to increase to nine billion people by 2050, 

and the impacts of climate change impacting on agricultural yields, 

food security issues are becoming a growing concern for us as a 

food business and for our customers. We operate a complex and 

fast paced business. Decisions we take about how we operate and 

where we buy from must be taken with care.

• Continue to focus on time bound commitments for the responsible 

sourcing of own brand seafood; and

• Work with own brand suppliers to ensure compliance of our palm oil 

sourcing policy. We source only Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil 

certified mass balance or segregated palm oil and derivatives within 

own brand products.

Actively promoting the  
Stronger Together initiative to 
suppliers to raise awareness of the 
risks of worker exploitation and 
human trafficking

Actively supporting  
Responsible Fishing 
Scheme, ensuring high 
crew welfare standards 
on fishing vessels

100%

British own  
brand fresh meat  
sold in our stores

Updated Ethical Trading 
Policy, in line with industry 
best practice, launched in 
October 2015 with training 
and practical guidance for 
all suppliers

Carbon footprint reduction
19%

26%

24%

Definition 
Includes energy, 
waste, refrigeration 
and transport for 
our stores, offices, 
manufacturing and 
packing facilities.

21%

Waste to landfill reduction
2.2%

2.0%

3.2%

Definition 
Measured as our 
waste from our 
stores that we are 
unable to recycle 
or have processed.

2.0%

All stores can now 
donate unsold food 
to charity

2013

2014

2015

2016

KPIs

2013

2014

2015

2016

Healthy eating 
and obesity

Continued support 
of the Change 4 
Life campaign

Reported

54%compliance with 2017 

salt targets

1bnfewer calories in  

our customers’ baskets 
over a year

Removed sweets 
and chocolate 
from checkouts

Community 
engagement

£2.5m

raised for Sue Ryder 
partnership

£2.5m

given to support local 
causes through Morrisons 
Charitable Foundation 

£15m

raised in our stores for 
charities and community 
groups through colleague 
fundraising and customer 
donations 

With thousands of products sold in our stores, our supply chain 

and the people within it span the globe. Effective management of 

our complex supply chains is key to ensuring brand integrity, risk 

management and sustainable supply for our own brand products. 

Our approach combines a risk-based monitoring programme to track 

suppliers’ compliance with our ethical trading standards, alongside 

training of suppliers and internal teams to deliver continuous 

improvement. Media coverage of serious incidents concerning 

working conditions and hidden exploitation remains topical.

global community. As well as the clear moral case for emissions 

and water use reduction, changing climate patterns are a material 

issue for our business as they are a major threat to food security. 

Effective resource management relating to energy use, transport, 

refrigeration and waste, all contribute to emissions and are 

fundamental to managing our costs.

• Work with suppliers in 2016 to meet the updated requirements 

of the Ethical Trading Policy;

• Deliver further training to relevant technical and commercial teams 

to build understanding of ethical trading issues, impacts on workers, 

and our policies and procedures;

• Continue to promote Stronger Together training to raise awareness 

of modern slavery risks with our suppliers and relevant internal 

• Continue to build engagement and influence in relevant external 

colleagues; and

ethical trading networks.

carbon emissions by 2020 target;

• Firmly embed and monitor the unsold food to charity programme 

• Look at opportunities for further food waste reduction and 

redistribution of surplus food to provide social benefit across 

in all stores; and

the estate. 

The issue of climate change is one of the greatest challenges to the 

• Continued progress towards 30% absolute reduction in operational 

Childhood obesity is a key focus for the Government and public 

health organisations. Children consume more sugar than is 

recommended, with soft drinks the single biggest contributor. 

Reformulation is one of the most effective ways to reduce sugar 

consumption. Our ongoing product reformulation, removal of 

confectionery from the checkout and partnership with Change 4 

Life shows our commitment to improving child health.

• Seek supplier partners for sugar reduction projects in key categories 

and reformulate to maintain our position on salt and to lower sugar 

• Continue to support Change 4 Life, especially its Sugar 

levels where possible; and

Swaps campaign.

It’s important that we play a positive role in the communities 

we serve. We want our stores to be deeply integrated into the 

local area, supporting community groups, developing local 

partnerships and helping charities. With the majority of customers 

and colleagues from local neighbourhoods, we want our stores 

to actively engage with the local area and be a force for good in 

the community.

• Ensure a local approach to community and charity activity, working 

to deliver local solutions in our stores. Celebrating events and 

supporting local causes that matter in our regions, through our 

community champion programme;

• Support colleague fundraising and registered charities through 

the Morrisons Foundation, making a positive difference to people’s 

• Maximise the final year of our national charity partnership with 

lives; and

Sue Ryder.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCStrategic report21

The full Corporate Responsibility 2015/16 Review will be 
available for you to download at www.morrisons.co.uk/cr

OUR PRIORITIES

WHAT WE’VE DONE

WHY IT MATTERS

WHAT WE WILL DO NEXT 

Sustainable  

supply chains

Responsible 

sourcing

Managing our 

environmental 

footprint

Healthy eating 

and obesity

Community 

engagement

With the population set to increase to nine billion people by 2050, 
and the impacts of climate change impacting on agricultural yields, 
food security issues are becoming a growing concern for us as a 
food business and for our customers. We operate a complex and 
fast paced business. Decisions we take about how we operate and 
where we buy from must be taken with care.

• Continue to focus on time bound commitments for the responsible 

sourcing of own brand seafood; and

• Work with own brand suppliers to ensure compliance of our palm oil 
sourcing policy. We source only Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil 
certified mass balance or segregated palm oil and derivatives within 
own brand products.

With thousands of products sold in our stores, our supply chain 
and the people within it span the globe. Effective management of 
our complex supply chains is key to ensuring brand integrity, risk 
management and sustainable supply for our own brand products. 
Our approach combines a risk-based monitoring programme to track 
suppliers’ compliance with our ethical trading standards, alongside 
training of suppliers and internal teams to deliver continuous 
improvement. Media coverage of serious incidents concerning 
working conditions and hidden exploitation remains topical.

The issue of climate change is one of the greatest challenges to the 
global community. As well as the clear moral case for emissions 
and water use reduction, changing climate patterns are a material 
issue for our business as they are a major threat to food security. 
Effective resource management relating to energy use, transport, 
refrigeration and waste, all contribute to emissions and are 
fundamental to managing our costs.

• Work with suppliers in 2016 to meet the updated requirements 

of the Ethical Trading Policy;

• Deliver further training to relevant technical and commercial teams 
to build understanding of ethical trading issues, impacts on workers, 
and our policies and procedures;

• Continue to promote Stronger Together training to raise awareness 

of modern slavery risks with our suppliers and relevant internal 
colleagues; and

• Continue to build engagement and influence in relevant external 

ethical trading networks.

• Continued progress towards 30% absolute reduction in operational 

carbon emissions by 2020 target;

• Firmly embed and monitor the unsold food to charity programme 

in all stores; and

• Look at opportunities for further food waste reduction and 

redistribution of surplus food to provide social benefit across 
the estate. 

Childhood obesity is a key focus for the Government and public 
health organisations. Children consume more sugar than is 
recommended, with soft drinks the single biggest contributor. 
Reformulation is one of the most effective ways to reduce sugar 
consumption. Our ongoing product reformulation, removal of 
confectionery from the checkout and partnership with Change 4 
Life shows our commitment to improving child health.

• Seek supplier partners for sugar reduction projects in key categories 
and reformulate to maintain our position on salt and to lower sugar 
levels where possible; and

• Continue to support Change 4 Life, especially its Sugar 

Swaps campaign.

It’s important that we play a positive role in the communities 
we serve. We want our stores to be deeply integrated into the 
local area, supporting community groups, developing local 
partnerships and helping charities. With the majority of customers 
and colleagues from local neighbourhoods, we want our stores 
to actively engage with the local area and be a force for good in 
the community.

• Ensure a local approach to community and charity activity, working 

to deliver local solutions in our stores. Celebrating events and 
supporting local causes that matter in our regions, through our 
community champion programme;

• Support colleague fundraising and registered charities through 

the Morrisons Foundation, making a positive difference to people’s 
lives; and

• Maximise the final year of our national charity partnership with 

Sue Ryder.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1622

Corporate governance report

Chairman’s governance  
statement

Following the external review of Board 
effectiveness in 2013/14, we have undertaken 
an internal evaluation of the effectiveness 
of the Board and its Committees this year. 
The evaluation asked Board members to 
complete a comprehensive questionnaire based 
on their experiences of the Board. The results 
are summarised on page 27. Although the 
evaluation did not highlight any particular areas 
of concern, there are a number of development 
actions which we plan to take during 2016/17 
to further strengthen the effectiveness of 
the Board.

Diversity
The turnaround of Morrisons will be customer 
and colleague led. As such, we recognise the 
importance of diversity across our colleague 
base, and the Board itself. Focus is always given 
to building teams that have an effective blend of 
knowledge, skills and experience. The changes this 
year to the Board fulfil our policy requirement to 
maintain female representation at not less than 
20% with an aspiration to increase this to at least 
30%. At the end of the financial year 25% of total 
Board composition was female, and at no point 
during the year was there less than 25% female 
representation on the Board. 

As I said last year, good corporate governance is an 
essential part of running our business effectively, 
in the interest of our shareholders and other 
stakeholders. We will continue to develop our 
governance policies and processes in line with 
good practice thereby enabling our team to 
best utilise their skills in effectively implementing 
business strategy.

Andrew Higginson
Chairman

Introduction 
I am pleased to introduce on behalf of the 
Board, Morrisons Corporate governance report 
for the financial year 2015/16. 

This year has seen a great deal of change for 
Morrisons. The Group appointed a new Chief 
Executive Officer in David Potts, someone with 
40 years’ experience in grocery retail. David has 
very quickly built an experienced Executive 
team with a tremendous retail pedigree, and 
restructured the next level of leadership in 
the business. The calibre of this team has 
ensured that risks and governance have been 
well managed throughout the year with a clear 
commitment to doing things in the right way. 
Our careful and thorough selection process 
has also ensured that the new appointments 
to our Board include Directors with experience 
of retail, fast moving consumer goods and 
restructuring, including two serving Chief 
Executives in large public limited companies. 

Throughout these changes, the Group has 
been careful to ensure that we adhere to 
and continuously improve our standard of 
corporate governance. New Directors and 
senior leaders have been inducted on how the 
Group manages and governs itself, how we 
make decisions, what we stand for, and the 
standards of governance we wish to retain. 

Board composition and effectiveness
I am delighted to see this strengthened Board 
and management team working well together 
to guide the Group through this turnaround. 
I am satisfied that the Board is independent 
and contains an appropriate mixture of skills 
and experience. I am confident that the 
previous experience the Board members bring 
from other companies and industries will be 
invaluable to guide Morrisons along the long 
and important journey we must make. I also 
consider that each of the Non-Executive 
Directors is able to commit an appropriate 
amount of time in fulfilling effectively their 
role and responsibilities on the Board.

Good corporate 
governance is 
an essential part 
of running our 
business effectively

Andrew Higginson 
Chairman

Corporate governance statement

The Board considers that its corporate governance 
policies and procedures are appropriate and that the 
Group has applied the principles and complied with 
the provisions of the 2014 UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the ‘Code’) throughout the financial year 
2015/16 and to the date of this Annual report. 
The Code is available on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website (frc.org.uk).

The Board’s corporate governance compliance 
statement sets out how the Group complies with 
each of the provisions of the Code and is available in 
the investor relations section of the Group’s website, 
www.morrisons-corporate.com. 

Compliance statement 

The full Compliance statement can be found at:
www.morrisons-corporate.com

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCGovernanceCommittee key

 N Nomination Committee

 R Remuneration Committee

 C Corporate Compliance and Responsibility Committee

 A Audit Committee

Committee Chairman

Board of Directors

23

Andrew Higginson
Chairman

David Potts
Chief Executive

Trevor Strain
Chief Financial  
Officer

Rooney Anand
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive  
Director

Appointment
Andrew joined the Group as Deputy 
Chairman and Chairman Elect in 
October 2014 and became Chairman 
at the end of January 2015. 

Experience
Andrew is currently the Chairman 
of N Brown Group PLC and a 
Non-Executive Director of 
Woolworths Holdings Limited 
(South Africa) and McCurrach UK 
Limited. Andrew stepped down as a 
Non-Executive Director of the Rugby 
Football Union at the end of 2015. 
Andrew was previously the Chairman 
of Poundland Group PLC and Senior 
Independent Director of BSkyB PLC. 
Andrew was an Executive Director 
at Tesco PLC for 15 years.

Appointment
David joined the Group as 
Chief Executive on 16 March 2015.

Experience
David is a vastly experienced retailer 
who joined Tesco PLC at the age of 16 
and worked there for 39 years. He rose 
to become successively CEO of its 
Ireland business, its UK retail stores 
business and then CEO of Tesco Asia. 
David was also on the Tesco PLC Board 
from 1998 until he left in 2011. Prior to 
his appointment as CEO of Morrisons, 
David held several advisory positions 
with a number of private equity and 
consultancy firms and developed his 
own retail concept to sell general 
merchandise. He also worked on two 
extensive retail projects in the UK.

Appointment
Trevor joined the Group in June 2009 
as Commercial and Operations Finance 
Director. In June 2011, he became 
Finance Director Corporate and took 
responsibility for the Company’s 
productivity programmes. Trevor 
joined the Board as Chief Financial 
Officer on 10 April 2013.

Experience
Prior to joining Morrisons, Trevor 
worked for Tesco PLC in a number 
of roles until his appointment as UK 
Property Finance Director in 2006 
and subsequently UK Planning and 
Reporting Finance Director. Trevor 
began his career with Arthur Andersen 
and is a member of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England 
and Wales.

Appointment
Rooney joined the Board as 
a Non-Executive Director and 
Senior Independent Director 
on 1 January 2016.

Experience
Rooney is a highly experienced retail 
and fast moving consumer goods 
(FMCG) executive. Following a career 
with United Biscuits and then Sara Lee, 
he joined Greene King PLC in 2001 as 
Managing Director of its brewery 
company. He was appointed CEO in 
2005. Rooney is credited with changing 
Greene King from a regional brewery 
and pub business, to a brand-led pub, 
restaurant and hotel operator. In 2015, 
he completed Greene King’s £770m 
takeover of the Spirit Pub Group, 
which made Greene King the largest 
managed pub group in the UK.

Committee membership

Committee membership

N R

C

C

Committee membership

N R

C

Neil Davidson
Non-Executive  
Director

Belinda Richards
Non-Executive  
Director

Irwin Lee
Non-Executive  
Director

Paula Vennells
Non-Executive  
Director

Appointment
Neil joined the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director on 1 October 2015. He became 
Chair of the Corporate Compliance 
and Responsibility Committee on 
1 January 2016.

Experience
Neil has had an extensive career 
in manufacturing, starting with 
Northern Foods PLC where he rose 
to become Managing Director of its 
milk division. He subsequently became 
CEO of Express Dairies Plc and then 
Arla PLC. He has also been a 
Non-Executive Director of Persimmon 
PLC and Northern Recruitment Group 
PLC and the Chair of Leicestershire 
County Cricket Club. He is currently 
a Non-Executive Director of Produce 
Investments PLC.

Appointment
Belinda joined the Board as 
a Non-Executive Director on 
1 September 2015. She became Chair of 
the Audit Committee on 1 January 2016.

Experience
Belinda worked in professional services 
for over 25 years, where she operated as 
a senior adviser in corporate finance and 
strategy. Belinda is currently the Senior 
Independent Director of Grainger PLC, 
where she also chairs the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees, and a 
Non-Executive Director of Aviva UK Life 
& Pensions. Belinda serves on the 
Advisory Group of Audit Committee 
Chairmen at the Financial Reporting 
Council and is a member of the 
Governing Council of the Centre for the 
Study of Financial Innovation, a not for 
profit think-tank focused on research 
in financial services. 

Appointment
Irwin joined the Board as a  
Non-Executive Director on 
1 September 2015. He became Chair 
of the Remuneration Committee 
on 1 February 2016.

Experience
Irwin has had a long career in fast 
moving consumer goods with Procter 
& Gamble. He rose to Vice President 
and Managing Director, Procter & 
Gamble Northern Europe with 
responsibility for the UK, Ireland, 
Denmark, Finland, Norway and 
Sweden. He retired in August 2015 
after 30 years with Procter & Gamble.

Appointment
Paula joined the Board as a 
Non-Executive Director on 
1 January 2016.

Experience
Paula is currently Chief Executive of the 
Post Office, a role she has held since 
April 2012. Paula joined the Post Office 
in 2007. Previously she was Group 
Commercial Director of Whitbread PLC 
having started her career with 
Unilever and L’Oréal. Paula has held 
directorships in sales and marketing 
with a number of major retailers 
including Dixons Stores Group and 
Argos. She is Non-Executive Chair of 
First Rate Exchange Services Limited.

Committee membership

Committee membership

Committee membership

Committee membership

N R

C A

N R

C A

N R

C A

N R

C A

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16 
24

Executive Committee

David Potts
Chief Executive

Trevor Strain
Chief Financial Officer

Mark Amsden
Group General  
Counsel and  
Company Secretary

Andy Atkinson
Group Marketing and 
Customer Director

See Directors on page 23

See Directors on page 23

Appointment
Mark is a qualified lawyer who joined 
the Group and the Executive Committee 
in February 2013. 

Experience
Prior to his arrival, Mark spent 25 years 
with a number of law firms. Between 
1998 and 2013, he was a partner 
in the leading national law firm 
Addleshaw Goddard LLP (previously 
Addleshaw Booth & Co), where he 
specialised in commercial litigation and 
was Head of the National IT Litigation 
team. Mark’s clients included many of 
the UK’s leading companies, including 
retailers, manufacturers and suppliers.

Appointment
Andy was appointed to Group 
Marketing and Customer Director in 
January 2016 having held the interim 
position for over five months.

Experience
Andy has been with Morrisons for 
four years in a number of senior 
Commercial and Trading roles within 
the organisation. Prior to joining 
Morrisons, Andy held a variety of 
senior commercial roles within Boots, 
progressing to Commercial Director. 
Andy started at Coca Cola expanding 
his career to Walt Disney and 
then L’Oréal.

Committee membership

C

Committee key

 C

Corporate Compliance and  
Responsibility Committee

Darren Blackhurst
Group Commercial  
Director

Clare Grainger
Group People  
Director

Gary Mills
Group Retail  
Director

Appointment
Darren joined Morrisons in June 2015 
as Group Commercial Director.

Experience
Darren started his career at Tesco in 1988, 
holding a number of buying positions in 
fresh food and grocery. In 1994, he was 
seconded to Tesco’s French business 
Catteau before holding a number of 
category director positions. Darren 
became Commercial Director for Tesco 
Lotus Thailand in 2002. He joined Asda in 
2006 as Executive Trading Director for 
Food and in 2008 was appointed Chief 
Merchandising Officer. In 2011, he joined 
Matalan as Chief Executive before 
moving to B&Q as Commercial Director 
in 2014.

Appointment
Clare joined Morrisons in February 2009 
and was appointed Group People 
Director on 1 September 2015. 

Experience
Clare started her career at Asda and 
held a number of roles both within 
Head Office and the Retail division. 
She progressed through a variety of 
senior HR roles including Head of HR at 
HBOS/Lloyds Banking Group, where she 
led a number of programmes to drive 
differentiation in both sales and services. 
She joined Morrisons in 2009 holding 
a number of senior positions in HR. 
Most recently, Clare was Interim 
Group Retail Director.

Appointment
Gary joined Morrisons in August 2015 
as Group Retail Director. 

Experience
Gary has more than 30 years’ retail 
experience, with Stewarts 
Supermarkets in Northern Ireland and 
then with Tesco PLC where he held 
a variety of senior positions including 
Retail Director for Convenience and 
Retail Director for the North and 
Northern Ireland. Gary’s experience 
covers all areas of retail and all formats, 
including supermarkets and 
convenience stores. 

Committee membership

C

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCGovernance25

Corporate governance report continued

Leadership

Structure of the Board and its Committees

PLC Board

Chairman

Key objective: Governance of the Board

PLC Board
Key objectives: Overall conduct of the business and strategy setting

Executive 
Committee

Audit  
Committee

Corporate  
Compliance and 
Responsibility  
Committee

Remuneration  
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

Key objectives

Key objectives

Key objectives

Key objectives

Key objectives

Implementation of strategy and 
actions in respect of financial 
planning and performance; 
day-to-day management 
of operations.

Effective governance of financial 
reporting, internal controls 
and risk management systems; 
review of significant accounting 
judgements, assumptions and 
estimates; management of the 
relationship and appointment of 
the external auditor; monitoring 
and review of the effectiveness 
of the Group’s Risk and Internal 
Audit function.

Development and 
implementation of the 
Group’s policies on corporate 
compliance and corporate 
responsibility. Reviewing and 
ensuring compliance with 
those policies and ethical and 
governance standards.

Development and 
implementation of the Group’s 
remuneration framework 
and policies for Directors 
and colleagues including 
all incentives, bonuses 
and pensions.

Advice to the Board on Board 
and senior management 
appointments and succession 
planning; monitoring of the 
composition of the Board and 
its Committees.

PLC Board

MEMBERS1,2

Andrew Higginson, David Potts, Trevor Strain, Irwin Lee, Belinda Richards, 
Neil Davidson, Paula Vennells, Rooney Anand

KEY OBJECTIVE

Overall conduct of the business and strategy setting.

RESPONSIBILITIES

• Development and approval of the strategy and key policies of the Group;
• Management of culture and values; 
• Monitoring of progress towards achieving all Board objectives;
• Monitoring of financial performance, critical operational issues and risks 
by reviewing of performance against strategy, objectives, business plans 
and budgets;

• Formal approval of the Group’s Risk Register; 
• Approval of all communications to shareholders, including the Annual 
report and financial statements, half-yearly financial report and interim 
management statements;

• Approval of changes to the Group’s capital structure, external financial reports, 

major expenditure; and

• Approval of membership of the Board on recommendation of the 

Nomination Committee.

1  All Non-Executive Directors are independent.
2   The Board changed through the year as per the attendance at meetings table on page 26.

Throughout the year, the majority of the Board 
consisted of independent Non-Executive 
Directors. There were five Non-Executive 
appointments made to the Board (Irwin Lee, 
Belinda Richards, Neil Davidson, Paula Vennells 
and Rooney Anand) to replace the four 
Non-Executive Directors who stepped down 
(Richard Gillingwater, Philip Cox, Penny Hughes 
and Johanna Waterous).

Board responsibilities

The formal schedule of matters reserved for 
the Board remains unaltered from 2014/15 
and is set out in the corporate governance 
compliance statement which can be found in 
the investor relations section of the Group’s 
website, www.morrisons-corporate.com. 

The Board is committed to a clear division 
of responsibilities between the Chairman 
and the CEO. This has been reviewed by the 
Board during the year and is also set out in the 
Corporate governance compliance statement. 

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1626

Corporate governance report continued

From 1 January 2016, Belinda Richards succeeded 
Philip Cox as Chair of the Audit Committee 
and Neil Davidson succeeded Penny Hughes 
as Chair of the Corporate Compliance and 
Responsibility Committee. Irwin Lee succeeded 
Johanna Waterous as Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee on 1 February 2016.

Board Committees

The decisions delegated by the Board to 
its Committees and the activities of those 
Committees during the financial year 2015/16 are 
described within each Committee’s report below. 

During the year, the Company considered the 
changes recommended by the 2014 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the ‘Code’) and implemented 
those changes, as appropriate throughout 
the Group. 

The corporate governance compliance 
statement contains the terms of reference of the 
Committees and these have been updated during 
this year to take into account changes in the Code.

Senior Independent Director

Rooney Anand, who is the current Chief 
Executive of Greene King Plc, replaced Philip 
Cox in the role of Senior Independent Director 
on 1 January 2016. 

Rooney Anand was appointed to the Board 
on 1 January 2016 and has extensive knowledge 
of the retail and fast moving consumer 
goods industries. 

The Senior Independent Director provides 
shareholders with an alternative contact to the 
Chairman, the CEO and the CFO. 

Board activities in 2015/16

The Board’s focus in this financial year was:

• review of results and forecasts and approval 

of regulatory announcements;

• the conduct of the business in accordance 

with its values;

• review of the recommendation from the 
Nomination Committee in respect of the 
appointment of David Potts;

• approving the restructure of the Executive 
Committee following the appointment of 
David Potts;

• approving new Non-Executive Director 

appointees to the Board;

• review of the performance of the CEO;
• review of the governance structure and 

activities of the subcommittees of the Board; 

• review of the annual business plan and 
monthly updates from the Executive 
Committee regarding its delivery; and 

• review of the 2016/17 budget and commercial 

plans regarding our core supermarkets, 
including productivity savings required 
to invest in the core offer.

Attendance at meetings

Andrew Higginson
Dalton Philips1
David Potts2
Trevor Strain
Irwin Lee3
Belinda Richards4
Neil Davidson5
Paula Vennells6
Rooney Anand7
Richard Gillingwater8
Philip Cox9
Penny Hughes10
Johanna Waterous11
1  Dalton Philips stepped down from the Board, Remuneration Committee and CCR Committee in February 2015.
2  David Potts was appointed to the Board in March 2015 and appointed as a member of the CCR Committee in September 2015. 
3  Irwin Lee was appointed to the Board, Nomination, Remuneration, Audit and CCR Committees in September 2015. He took over Chair of the Remuneration Committee in February 2016. 
4  Belinda Richards was appointed to the Board, Nomination, Remuneration, Audit and CCR Committees in September 2015. She took over Chair of the Audit Committee in January 2016. 
5   Neil Davidson was appointed to the Board in October 2015. He was appointed to the Nomination, Remuneration, Audit and CCR Committees in November 2015. He took over Chair of the CCR 

Remuneration
7/7
–
–
–
2/2
2/2
2/2
1/1
1/1
3/3
7/7
7/7
7/7

Nomination
7/7
–
–
–
2/2
2/2
1/1
–
–
2/3
6/6
6/6
6/7

Board
8/8
–
6/6
8/8
3/3
3/3
2/2
1/1
1/1
2/4
7/7
7/7
7/8

Audit
–
–
–
–
2/2
2/2
 2/2
1/1
–
2/3
5/5
5/5
5/6

CCR
6/6
–
4/4
–
2/2
2/2
2/2
1/1
1/1
1/2
3/3
5/5
4/5

Committee in January 2016.

6  Paula Vennells was appointed to the Board, Nomination, Remuneration, Audit and CCR Committees in January 2016.
7  Rooney Anand was appointed to the Board, Nomination, Remuneration and CCR Committees in January 2016.
8  Richard Gillingwater stepped down from the Board, Nomination, Remuneration, Audit and CCR Committees in June 2015.
9  Philip Cox was appointed to the CCR Committee in July 2015. He stepped down from the Board, Nomination, Remuneration, Audit and CCR Committees in December 2015.
10 Penny Hughes stepped down from the Board, Nomination, Remuneration, Audit and CCR Committees in December 2015.
11  Johanna Waterous stepped down from the Board, Nomination, Remuneration Audit and CCR Committees in January 2016.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCGovernance27

Effectiveness

Non-Executive Directors 
The Non-Executive Directors bring a varied 
range of skills and experience to the Group. 
Details of their experience outside the Group 
are set out in their respective biographies 
on page 23.

The Board is satisfied that all Non-Executive 
Directors, including the Non-Executive 
Chairman, remain independent according to the 
definition contained in the Code. The criteria 
used to determine independence are set 
out in the corporate governance compliance 
statement, which can be found in the investor 
relations section of the Group’s website, 
www.morrisons-corporate.com. 

The minimum time commitment expected of 
the Non-Executive Directors is 12 days per year, 
including attendance at the AGM, Board away 
days and site visits, plus adequate preparation 
time. The Board is satisfied that each of the 
Non-Executive Directors commits sufficient 
time to the business of the Group and 
contributes to the governance and operations 
of the Group. This has been confirmed by 
the Board effectiveness evaluation referred 
to below.

The Chairman arranges regular discussions 
between all the Non-Executive Directors 
(including himself) as a group without 
management present. 

Board evaluation
The Board arranges for its own performance, 
and that of its Committees and Directors, to 
be reviewed annually. This is usually facilitated 
by an external agency every three years with 
the most recent external review taking place 
in 2013/14.

In 2015/16, the Board’s effectiveness, and that 
of its Committees, was the subject of an 
internal review led by the Chairman and the 
Company Secretary.

The evaluation asked each member of 
the Board to complete a comprehensive 
questionnaire based on their experiences 
covering the following key areas: 

• overall Board and committee effectiveness;
• the work of the Board, including the approach 
to control, risk, strategy and transactions, and 
the regulatory environment; 

• organisation and conduct of Board meetings;
• timing and content of Board papers;
• maximising its use of time;
• Board and senior management succession;
• training and awareness; and
• overall Director performance.

Responses were collated by the Company 
Secretary and discussed with the Chairman. 

The review concluded that the Board operates 
well and cohesively, although it was appreciated 
that there had been considerable change to the 
composition of the Board, towards the end of 
the year.

The agreement to move to fewer but more 
efficient Board meetings came into full 
effect in 2015/16. As part of their induction 
programme for all new Board appointees, they 
visited numerous stores, distribution centres 
and manufacturing sites. They have and will 
continue to spend time with customers through 
customer listening groups to understand 
their views.

The length and tone of Board papers will 
continue to be the subject of focus during 
2016/17 with a view to further improvement 
and ensuring that papers provide insightful 
and quality data in a concise manner.

The performance of the Chairman is evaluated 
annually by the Directors. Appraisals of 
the Non-Executive Directors’ performance 
are conducted by the Chairman following 
discussion with Board members.

Executive Directors are included in the Group’s 
performance appraisal process, which includes 
setting clear and measurable objectives 
and reviewing performance against those 
objectives on a bi-annual basis. The Chairman 
and Non-Executive Directors are responsible 
for monitoring and reviewing the performance 
of the CEO, who in turn is responsible for 
monitoring the performance of the CFO.

During the year the Board also reviewed 
and considered the effectiveness of its 
principal advisers.

Membership
As described earlier in this report, the Board 
has been strengthened by five carefully 
selected and highly experienced appointments. 
The Nomination Committee considers 
that the Board and Executive Committee 
contain the skills and experience necessary 
in light of the Group’s current activities and 
strategic direction. 

Re-election of Directors
All the current Directors submit themselves 
for re-election at the AGM to be held on 
9 June 2016. After reviewing the outcome of 
performance evaluations, the Board confirms 
that the contributions made by the Directors 
offering themselves for re-election at the AGM 
in June 2016, continue to be effective and that 
the Company supports their re-election.

Directors’ interests
The interests of the Executive and Non-
Executive Directors of the Company, and 
their immediate families, in the shares of 
the Company, along with share options, are 
contained in the Directors’ remuneration report 
set out on pages 33 to 43. At no time during the 
year did any of the Directors have a material 
interest in any significant contract with the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1628

Corporate governance report continued

Executive Committee activities 
in 2015/16
The Executive Committee’s focus in this 
financial year was:

• driving trading performance;
• reducing the cost base of the organisation;
•  identifying the Group’s six priorities;
•  restructuring the Leadership Team;
•  approval of capital budgets;
•  determining the draft budget and long 

term plan;

•  periodic review of performance against 

strategic objectives;

•  determination of principal risks for the Group;
•  disposal of the M local convenience chain;
•  approval of the pilot scheme with Motor 

Fuel Group;

•  review of changes to speed up and simplify 

the business; and

•  review of IT development as the business 
rolled out the Oracle software upgrade.

Audit Committee report

MEMBERS1
Belinda Richards (Chair), Irwin Lee, Neil Davidson, 
Paula Vennells

KEY OBJECTIVES
Effective governance of financial reporting, internal 
controls and risk management systems; review of 
significant accounting judgements, assumptions 
and estimates; management of the relationship and 
appointment of the external auditor; monitoring 
and review of the effectiveness of the Group’s Risk 
and Internal Audit function.

RESPONSIBILITIES
The Board has delegated to the Audit Committee 
the responsibility for reviewing on its behalf and 
making recommendations to the Board as to:
• the integrity of financial reports, including 
reviewing significant financial reporting 
issues and considering how these issues have 
been addressed;

• whether the Annual report is fair, balanced 

and understandable;

• the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control 

and risk management system; 

• the effectiveness of the Risk and Internal  

Audit function; and

• the independence and appointment of the 
external auditor and approval of their fees.

1   The Committee membership changed through the year as per 

the attendance at meetings table on page 26.

Executive Committee

MEMBERS6
David Potts1, Trevor Strain, Mark Amsden, 
Darren Blackhurst2, Gary Mills3, Clare Grainger4, 
Andy Atkinson5

KEY OBJECTIVES
Implementation of strategy and actions in respect 
of financial planning and performance; day-to-day 
management of operations.

RESPONSIBILITIES
• Development and implementation of strategy;
• Oversight of:

 – financial performance, reporting and control;
 – risk management; 
 – operational improvement programmes; and
 – review and supervision of 

operational activities.

• Making recommendations to the Board 

in respect of:
 – budgets and long term plans;
 – dividend levels; and
 – ad-hoc events; 

• Succession planning for senior management.

1  David Potts was appointed as CEO in March 2015. 
2  Darren Blackhurst was appointed in June 2015.
3  Gary Mills was appointed in August 2015.
4  Clare Grainger was appointed in September 2015.
5  Andy Atkinson was appointed in January 2016.
6   Dalton Philips stepped down in February 2015, Neal Austin, 

Nick Collard, Martyn Fletcher, Mark Harrison, Gordon 
Mowat and Nigel Robertson stepped down in March 2015. 
Casper Meijer stepped down in April 2015, Emily Lawson 
stepped down in June 2015 and Martyn Jones stepped down 
in October 2015.

The previously named Management Board 
was renamed as the Executive Committee on 
the 13 April 2015. The roles and responsibilities 
of this body remained unchanged. 

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCGovernance29

Audit Committee Chair
The Board is satisfied that Belinda Richards 
has recent and relevant financial experience 
appropriate to her position as Chair of the 
Audit Committee. Belinda is considered to have 
sufficient financial experience, having been a 
corporate finance partner at Deloitte for over ten 
years. Additionally, she serves on the Advisory 
Group of the Audit Committee Chairmen at 
the Financial Reporting Council and is a member 
of the Governing Council of the Centre for the 
Study of Financial Innovation.

Audit Committee activities in 2015/16
During the year, the Committee has:

• considered the appropriateness of the 
Group’s Annual report and financial 
statements and Half-yearly report;

• reviewed the effectiveness of the internal 

controls and the work of Risk and Internal Audit 
and discussed key risks (described in more detail 
on pages 17 to 19);

• considered systems design, implementation 
and related project management in respect 
of changes to the Group’s financial reporting 
systems and processes; 

• reviewed key policies including those 
governing tax, treasury, expenses and 
corporate hospitality;

• reviewed and discussed the recognition of 

commercial income and the controls in place 
over compliance with Groceries Supply Code 
of Practice; and

• discussed the new Governance Code and 

reporting requirements.

In respect of financial reports, the Committee’s 
focus was:

• the accounting judgements made by 

management that could have a significant 
effect on the Group’s financial results;
• oversight of IT changes affecting financial 

systems and controls;

• the clarity of disclosure of financial 

information; and

• whether the Annual report, taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced and understandable – the 
Directors’ statement on this can be found 
on page 46 of this Annual report.

Financial reporting matters

Summarised below are the financial reporting 
matters and key accounting judgements 
reviewed by the Committee during the year:

Impairment of property, plant and 
equipment, intangible assets and 
onerous property commitments
The Group assesses impairment on an annual 
basis, or where changes in circumstances result 
in a risk of impairment, as disclosed in note 3.1 
of the financial statements. The impairment 
review includes non-financial assets, principally 
the Group’s property portfolio, IT assets 
and goodwill.

The Group’s trading performance and evidence 
of the market value for properties disposed of 
during the year were factors considered by the 
Group as part of the annual impairment review. 
Management also estimated the recoverable 
amount of all impacted assets to determine the 
extent of any impairment charge or whether 
a reversal of a previous impairment charge 
was applicable. This assessment confirmed the 
carrying value of assets remained appropriate 
with no changes to the previous impairment, as 
disclosed in note 1.4 in the financial statements. 

The Committee reviewed the Group’s 
assessment of recoverable value and reassessed 
the key assumptions and judgements made 
in the light of current market conditions and 
trading performance. The Committee has 
understood management’s key assumptions 
including the market valuations of the stores. 
It has also reviewed the methodology and 
approach to forecast store cash flows, which 
remains consistent with the prior year.

In addition, for leasehold arrangements where 
the expected future benefits from a store are 
less than the future lease commitment, the 
Committee reviewed the judgements required 
in recognising onerous lease provisions. 

The Committee discussed the sensitivity of 
key assumptions along with their impact on 
the impairment and onerous lease provisions 
and is satisfied the assumptions applied by 
management are appropriate.

Commercial income
Commercial income is a deduction from 
the cost of purchase and it is recognised in 
accordance with signed supplier agreements, 
with most of this income subject to little 
or no subjectivity or judgement. 

The Group’s definition of commercial income is 
disclosed in note 1.1 of the financial statements 
and is consistent with the definition in the 
prior year. 

Commercial income continues to be an area 
of focus for the committee – both recognition 
and compliance with the Groceries Supply 
Code of Practice.

During the year, the Committee has considered 
the judgements made by management over 
accounting for commercial income, including 
reviewing the level of commercial income 
recognised. In addition, the Committee continues 
to ensure the Group looks to provide disclosure 
on the various types of commercial income, 
accounting policies and judgements. The Group 
provides detailed balance sheet disclosure in this 
area including specific reference to the level of 
accrued and deferred income. The Committee 
is satisfied with management’s clarity and 
transparency in this area. 

In considering the appropriateness of 
commercial income recognised in the year 
and the financial position at the year end, 
the Committee has reviewed reports from 
management outlining the accounting 
judgements and the control environment. 
In reviewing the assumptions made by 
management, the Committee challenged 
and understood the key assumptions 
and judgements.

The Committee considered the effectiveness 
of the operation of key controls, through 
review of management’s work and that of 
Internal Audit. The Committee considered the 
frequency of the operation of controls, the size 
of samples and discussed with management 
how controls could be further improved. 
The Committee has had regular updates from 
both management and Internal Audit regarding 
the operational effectiveness of controls.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1630

Corporate governance report continued

IT systems
The Group has completed a multi-year 
programme of upgrading and developing 
its core IT systems, the cost of which is a 
material element of capital expenditure for 
the current year. 

There have been a number of key 
implementations this year which will 
support the delivery of the Group’s strategy 
and provide improved data and insight. 
The Committee has monitored progress against 
system implementation plans and also reviewed 
an assessment of the implementations during 
the year to evaluate the success of the 
systems migration. 

The Committee has considered the nature 
of costs being capitalised and is satisfied that 
costs have been capitalised in line with the 
Group’s policy as disclosed in note 3.1 in the 
financial statements.

The Committee has considered the risk 
of impairment and assumptions made by 
management supporting the carrying value 
and concluded that these are appropriate.

Stock
Stock is a material balance in the Group’s 
financial statements, with stock held across 
a large number of locations. Stock count 
procedures have remained consistent with 
prior year.

Judgement is required in determining provisions 
for shrinkage and other stock provisioning and 
the Committee reviews these judgements as 
part of the annual policy review.

The Committee has reviewed and understood 
the impact the IT systems implementation has 
had on the margin and stock processes.

The Committee has reviewed the level of 
stock provisioning and key assumptions 
underpinning the provisions and consider 
these to be appropriate. 

Internal control and risk 
management
The Board has overall accountability for 
ensuring that risk is effectively managed across 
the Group. Risks are reviewed by the Executive 
Committee for all functions annually and results 
are brought to the Board. On behalf of the 
Board, the Audit Committee has responsibility 
for reviewing the effectiveness of internal 
control including financial, operational and 
compliance controls. 

The Group’s principal risks are set out on pages 
18 to 19. 

In order to do this, as a matter of course in any 
one year, the Committee:

• receives and agrees appropriate actions in 
response to regular reports from the Risk 
and Internal Audit function on:
 –   the status of internal control and risk 

management systems across the Group; 
 –   the department’s findings, annual plan and 
the resources available to it to perform 
its work; and any concerns expressed by 
colleagues about possible malpractice 
or wrongdoing;

• reviews financial whistle-blowing reports 

from colleagues;

• reviews the external auditor’s management 

letter on internal financial control;

• seeks reports from senior management on 

the effectiveness of the management of key 
risk areas; and

• monitors the adequacy and timeliness 

of management’s response to identified 
audit issues.

These systems and processes have been in 
place throughout the period and up to the 
date of approval of this Annual report.

The main features of the Group’s internal 
control and risk management systems relating 
to the accuracy and reliability of financial 
reporting, including the process for preparing 
consolidated accounts, are: 

• recruitment of suitably qualified and 

experienced finance colleagues;
• segregation of duties, clear lines of 

accountability and delegation of authority;
• policies and procedures that cover financial 

planning and reporting, preparation of financial 
information, and capital expenditure;
• a robust period end review process 

including review and commentary from 
process owners;

• a tiered review process for external financial 
reports involving internal stakeholders from 
relevant areas of the business;

• information and data security policies and 

procedures; and 

• self certification by each section of 

the business.

The Audit Committee regularly reviews the 
Group’s process for risk management and 
internal control and annually conducts a formal 
review of these processes. No significant 
failings or weaknesses of internal control 
were identified during these reviews. 
Limited weaknesses and areas where controls 
could be further automated were identified, 
clear action plans are in place to address 

these weaknesses and are captured as part 
of functional risk registers with defined 
management responsibility. The Committee 
understands the importance of a robust risk 
management process and control environment 
and look to progressively strengthen it 
over time.

Effectiveness and independence 
of the external auditor 
The Committee considered the effectiveness 
of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) as 
auditor over the last year. In making this 
assessment the Audit Committee has 
considered the information presented by 
the auditors, management responses to the 
auditor’s findings, including any adjustments 
and the level of non-audit fees. 

The Committee holds meetings with the 
auditor without management present. 
The purpose of these meetings is to understand 
the auditor’s views on the control and 
governance environment and management’s 
effectiveness within it. To fulfil its 
responsibilities in respect of the independence 
and effectiveness of the external auditor, 
the Committee reviewed:

• the terms, areas of responsibility, duties and 
scope of work of the external auditor as set 
out in the engagement letter;

• the audit work plan for the Group;
• the detailed findings of the audit, including 
a discussion of any major issues that arose 
during the audit;

• the letter from the external auditor 

confirming its independence and objectivity; 
and

• the audit fee and the extent of non-audit 

services provided during 2015/16.

The policy on the engagement of the external 
auditor to supply non-audit services is set out 
in the investor relations section of the Group’s 
website (see www.morrisons-corporate.com).  
PwC has continued to provide non-audit 
services throughout the year. In the year the 
ratio of audit to non-audit services was within 
the 1:0.7 limit set in the policy. 

The Committee believe that this non-audit 
activity carried out by the statutory auditors 
is subject to safeguards to avoid a threat to 
the auditor’s independence or objectivity. 
These safeguards comprise separate teams 
for audit versus non-audit work. 

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCGovernanceExternal audit tender 
As noted in last year’s Annual report, the Board 
appointed PwC as external auditor in June 2014. 
The Company confirms that it has complied 
with the provisions of the Competition and 
Markets Authority’s Order in respect of The 
Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies 
Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of 
Competitive Tender Processes and Audit 
Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 – 
statement of compliance.

Corporate Compliance and 
Responsibility (CCR) Committee

MEMBERS1,4

Neil Davidson (Chair), Andrew Higginson, David 
Potts, Irwin Lee, Belinda Richards, Paula Vennells, 
Rooney Anand, Mark Amsden, Andrew Clappen2, 
Darren Blackhurst3

KEY OBJECTIVES

Development and implementation of the Group’s 
policies on corporate compliance and corporate 
responsibility. Reviewing and ensuring compliance 
with these policies and ethical and governance 
standards.

RESPONSIBILITIES

Oversight that the business is doing the right thing 
in areas of corporate responsibility, including:

• food safety;

• health and safety;

• ethical trading;

• environmental and competition compliance;

• Groceries Supply Code of Practice; 

• governance and reputation; and

• Morrisons Foundation.

Generally ensuring that the Company is acting 
as a good corporate citizen.

1   The Committee membership changed through the year as per 

the attendance at meetings table on page 26. 

2    Andrew Clappen (Group Corporate Services Director) was 

appointed to this Committee in September 2015. 
3   Darren Blackhurst was appointed to this Committee 

in September 2015. 

4   Martyn Jones stepped down from this Committee 

in October 2015. 

CCR activities in 2015/16
The Committee’s focus in this financial year was 
a review of:

• cyber and IT security risk;
• health and safety incidents and actions taken 
and progress of health and safety initiatives;

• energy strategy and carbon 

reduction measures;

• ethical trading;
• redistribution of food waste;
• food safety and improvements;
• food integrity and testing;

• Groceries Supply Code of Practice 

compliance including training and results 
of internal reviews; and

• non-financial whistle-blowing reports.

Remuneration Committee report

The report from the Remuneration Committee 
is contained in the Directors’ remuneration 
report on pages 33 to 43.

Nomination Committee report

MEMBERS1
Andrew Higginson, Irwin Lee, Belinda Richards, 
Neil Davidson, Rooney Anand, Paula Vennells

KEY OBJECTIVES
Advice to the Board on Board and senior 
management appointments and succession 
planning; monitoring of the composition of the 
Board and its Committees.

RESPONSIBILITIES
• Evaluating the current and required mixture  
of skills and experience on the Board; and

• Sourcing and selecting candidates.

1   The Committee membership changed through the year as per 

the attendance at meetings table on page 26.

31

Nomination Committee’s activities 
in 2015/16
Selection process
The Nomination Committee is responsible for 
succession planning and the recommendation 
of Director appointments to the Board. 
The Committee considers the size and 
composition of the Board on an ongoing basis. 

The Committee will consider the skills of 
outgoing and remaining Board members to 
assess any gaps and develop a candidate profile. 
The Board uses external search consultancies 
to source suitable candidates. The Committee 
recommend appointments on merit against 
the criteria applied in developing the candidate 
profile and taking into account the mix of skills, 
experience and diversity on the Board. 

Appointment of Chief Executive Officer and 
Non-Executive Directors
Following the decision to search for a new CEO, 
the Committee discussed and approved a job 
role. For selection of both the CEO and Non-
Executive Directors, the Company appointed 
Ridgeway Partners to assist in identifying a long 
list of candidates with the requisite skills and 
experience for the role. Ridgeway were deemed 
independent with no other connections to 
the Group.

After an extensive and international search, four 
candidates were shortlisted and interviewed 
by the Board, resulting in the appointment of 
David Potts who joined the Board as CEO on 
16 March 2015. 

The Board used the same rigorous approach to 
recommend potential Non-Executive Directors 
for the Board’s approval.

Induction
All Directors are provided with a comprehensive, 
formal and tailored induction to the business. 

The programme is designed to provide 
the joining Director with a comprehensive 
introduction to the business and included 
the following:

• review of Board/Committee minutes and 
supporting papers for recent meetings;
• meeting with the Company Secretary 

to provide a briefing on Board/
Committee processes and procedures and 
governance structure;

• store and other site visits; and
• meetings with senior management.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1632

Corporate governance report continued

Diversity
The Board recognise the benefits of a diverse 
colleague base across the Group and is 
supportive of initiatives with the business 
to improve diversity at all levels. 

The Company still seek to increase female 
representation in the Leadership Team to 
at least 30%. This target has not yet been 
achieved and the Board recognise that more 
work is needed in this area. Recruitment and 
promotion policies have been reviewed with a 
view to attracting candidates with a wide range 
of backgrounds and experience, ensuring that 
the best individual for the role is appointed. 
Specific targets have not been set as it is 
considered that they may drive the wrong 
behaviours. However, guidelines are in place 
to ensure that the longlist for any particular 
vacancy at management level includes a 
balanced profile of candidates.

Particular focus has been given throughout 
the year on increasing female representation 
in the Retail Team. This work has seen a 13% rise 
in female representation in Regional Managers 
or above.

Progress on the diversity agenda is measured 
through regular functional talent reviews. 
These reviews consider the ethnicity, gender, 
age and length of service of all colleagues 
in Morrisons.

At the end of the 2015/16 financial year the 
Board included two women members, 25% of 
its total composition. The Board’s policy is that 
female representation should be maintained at 
not less than 20% and aspires that this should 
be higher than 30%. This policy will continue 
to be considered as part of the Nomination 
Committee’s regular review of the Board’s 
composition and skills. 

Other areas of focus
The Committee also spent time reviewing 
succession planning for both the Board and 
Executive Committee as well as of the talent 
pool for levels below Executive Committee.

Relations with shareholders

The Board is committed to communicating 
the strategy to analysts, investors and 
shareholders on a regular basis through 
a planned programme.

The Investor Relations programme includes:

• formal presentations of full and half 

year results;

• interim management statements;
• regular meetings between institutional 

investors, the CEO, the CFO and the Investor 
Relations team in the UK and the US following 
the full and half year results;

• regular meetings between the Chairman and 
major shareholders to discuss any aspect of 
the Group or its governance arrangements;

• attending key investor conferences;
• communication between the Chairman 
of the Remuneration Committee and 
major shareholders on remuneration 
policy and significant changes in 
remuneration arrangements;

• responding to enquiries from shareholders 
and analysts through the Investor Relations 
team; and

• dedicated shareholder and investor sections 

on the website.

In addition, the Investor Relations team 
provides a regular update to the Board and 
feedback from meetings held between 
executive management and institutional 
shareholders. The Group’s brokers seek 
independent feedback from analysts and 
investors following the full and half year results 
meetings which is reported to the Board. 

Matters dealt with elsewhere 
in the Strategic report

The way the Group generates value and the 
Board’s strategy for delivering the Group’s 
objectives are described in the Business model 
on pages 4 to 5, and the Six priorities section 
on pages 8 to 9. The information regarding 
the Takeover Directive disclosures are on page 
44. The consideration of Going Concern is 
described on page 44. The Viability statement is 
on page 19. 

Annual General Meeting

All Executive Directors and Non-Executive 
Directors attend the AGM unless unable 
to do so due to circumstances outside of 
their control. 

Notice of the 2016 AGM of the Company is to 
be sent to shareholders with an accompanying 
letter from the Chair. The AGM will be held at 
the Company’s headquarters at Gain Lane in 
Bradford on 9 June 2016. Format of the meeting:

• a summary presentation of results is 

provided before the Chairman deals with the 
formal business;

• all shareholders present can question the 
Chairman, Chairmen of the Committees 
and the Board during the meeting and 
informally afterwards;

• the Board encourages participation of 
individual investors at the AGM; and

• following the meeting, details of the voting 
on the resolutions will be made available on 
the website www.morrisons-corporate.com/
Investor-centre/generalmeetings/ 

The Directors recommend shareholders vote 
in favour of each resolution, believing them 
to be in the best interests of the Group. 
Shareholders will be notified of the availability 
of the Annual report and financial statements 
on the website unless they have elected to 
receive a printed version.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCGovernance33

Directors’ remuneration report

How we are rewarded
Annual statement by the Chairman of the  
Remuneration Committee

Irwin Lee
Chairman of the Remuneration  
Committee

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Remuneration Committee 
and the Board, I am pleased to present the 
Directors’ remuneration report for the financial 
year 2015/16, my first as Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee.

Our remuneration policy was approved 
by shareholders at the 2015 AGM following 
extensive engagement with major shareholders 
and investor representative bodies. 

The Committee believe that this framework 
continues to support and promote the link 
between pay and performance and there are 
no changes proposed at this time. Key features 
of our current framework are summarised 
in the sidebar.

The Committee intend to carry out a 
comprehensive review of the remuneration 
policy framework during the year to present to 
shareholders for approval. We will be consulting 
with major shareholders on these proposals and 
I look forward to your input and feedback. 

The Committee noted the significant number 
of votes against the Directors’ remuneration 
report for last year and during the year 
discussions took place with a number of 
institutional shareholders who didn’t support 
the remuneration report. We continue to 
try to incorporate the feedback we receive 
and this year we have sought to significantly 
improve the level of retrospective bonus 
target disclosure so that investors can clearly 
see the link between pay outcomes and the 
performance delivered.

In the remainder of this introductory statement, 
I have set out the key features and principles 
of our executive remuneration framework, 
a summary of the out-turns in respect of 
2015/16 performance, and how we intend 
to implement the policy in 2016/17.

Key features of our executive 
framework

Salary
•  Market competitive fixed remuneration 

reflecting skills and expertise.

Benefits and pension
•  Market competitive benefits package. 
•  Executive Directors may receive a maximum 

cash pension allowance of 25% of salary.

Annual bonus
•  Maximum opportunity 200% of salary.
•  Performance-related remuneration based 

on targets aligned to our annual financial and 
operational strategic objectives.

Underlying PBT 

Strategic measures 

Personal performance 

50%

30%

20%

2016/17

•  50% of any bonus deferred for three years
•  Malus and clawback apply.

LTIP
•  An opportunity to earn Morrisons shares based 
on performance against key strategic metrics 
over a three year performance period.

•  Maximum normal award opportunity 240% 

of salary.

•  Awards made in 2016 will be subject to the 

following performance measures: 

Free cash flow 

Underlying EPS 

Total sales 

60%

20%

20%

2016

•  Malus and clawback apply. 

Shareholding guidelines
•  200% of salary.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1634

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Remuneration principles and 
alignment to strategy
Our remuneration framework continues 
to be based on the following key principles: 

•  The structure of our incentives is designed to 
align with the delivery of the short and long 
term objectives set out in our strategy, which 
also aligns with the creation of sustainable 
long term shareholder value. 

•  We encourage a strong and rigorous 

performance culture through a 
remuneration package heavily weighted 
towards performance-related pay, 
with stretching performance targets 
calibrated to appropriately reflect the 
challenging environment. 

•  Pay must be positioned competitively in our 
key talent markets to ensure we can attract 
people of the calibre needed to execute the 
strategy for shareholders. 

Incentive out-turns for 2015/16

Annual bonus 
The annual bonus targets for 2015/16 reflected 
our strategic objectives for the year in the 
context of a challenging and transitional 
environment for UK retailers. 

We entered 2015 in the context of a declining 
market and the big four grocers losing further 
market share. To address these challenges, a 
new Executive team was put together under 
the leadership of David Potts, head office costs 
were reduced, the business was refocused 
on core supermarkets, and many changes 
were made to our customer offer and ways 
of working. 

These changes have begun to show some 
stabilisation effect, with improving customer 
satisfaction, and positive Christmas trading 
results for the first time in four years.

Performance was based 50% on underlying 
profit before tax, 30% on a strategic 
scorecard and 20% on personal objectives. 
Strategic scorecard measures focused on 
objectives in the areas of like-for-like sales (20%) 
and cost reduction (10%) and were underpinned 
by personal objectives.

As discussed in more detail on page 11 of the 
Annual report, performance against these 
measures was strong. Underlying PBT, adjusted 
for restructuring one-off costs, of £302m was 
above the target set in the context of the 
current environment. 

Like-for-like sales growth of (2%) (more than 
double our achievement for 2014/15) was also 
above target; and operational cost savings of 
£227m significantly exceeded target. 
This performance resulted in annual bonus 
awards of 73% of maximum for David Potts and 
Trevor Strain.

As flagged last year, and with our major 
investors during consultation in the year, the 
Committee’s preference has been to stage 
increases over time. Therefore, following the 
increase awarded last year, a second phased 
increase of 9.5% has been agreed, effective 
1 February 2016, taking his salary to £575,000.

LTIP
No LTIP awards vested in respect of the 
reporting year. Performance for the 2013/16 
LTIP awards was based 75% on underlying EPS 
growth and 25% on like-for-like non-fuel sales 
growth, relative to the Institute of Grocery 
Distribution (IGD) index over a three year 
period. Performance against both measures 
was below threshold and therefore no vesting 
will occur. 

Actions in 2015/16

LTIP targets for 2015 awards 
As explained in last year’s Directors’ 
remuneration report, the Committee decided 
to wait to set performance targets for LTIP 
awards made in April 2015 to allow David Potts, 
who joined in March 2015, time to assess the 
business and the wider market and provide 
his input into the formation of a long term 
business plan. 

The targets were agreed in Autumn and 
published on the corporate website. Full details 
of the targets for the 2015/18 awards can be 
found on page 40.

Decisions for 2016/17

Base salary
David Potts was appointed as Chief Executive 
on 16 March 2015 on a base salary of £850,000. 
Following the salary review, the Committee 
proposed an increase of 2.5% which was 
broadly in line with the increase across the 
business. However, David Potts waived the 
increase and his salary for the year ahead will 
remain unchanged. 

Trevor Strain was promoted to the role of CFO 
in April 2013 on a base salary below that of his 
predecessor. In reviewing his salary, the 
Committee has continued to take into account 
the considerable progress made by the CFO in 
the period since his appointment, his substantial 
contribution to the business during this time 
of significant transition and the addition of 
Property, Popular and Useful services and 
Strategy to his responsibilities. 

Incentives
Annual bonus 
The performance measures and weightings will 
be the same as for the 2015/16 annual bonus. 
The performance targets will be disclosed 
in next year’s report.

LTIP 
Awards will be 240% of base salary. 
Performance measures and weightings for 
LTIP awards to be granted in 2016/17 remain: 
cumulative free cash flow (60%); underlying EPS 
(20%); total sales (20%). For the underlying EPS 
element, the Committee has decided to move 
to a target range based on percentage growth 
in underlying EPS measured from a 2015/16 base 
on a compound per annum basis. 

Structure of this report
The remainder of the report is split into the 
following sections:

•  Policy summary and operation 

This section (pages 35 to 37) presents an 
extract from the Remuneration policy table 
(as approved by shareholders in 2014) for 
information purposes and how we intend 
to operate the policy for 2016/17.

• Outcomes for 2015/16  

This section (pages 38 to 43) describes the 
implementation of our policy during 2015/16, 
including the ‘single figure of remuneration’ 
and supporting narrative for our bonus and 
long term incentive outcomes. 

Irwin Lee 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

The Group is required to prepare a Directors’ 
remuneration report for the 52 weeks ended 
31 January 2016. The report has been prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and 
the Large and Medium-sized Companies and 
Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) 
Regulations 2013.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCGovernance35

Directors’ remuneration policy: extract

Our Directors’ remuneration policy was approved at the 2014 AGM held on 5 June 2014 and applies from that date. 

A summary of the remuneration policy table from the 2013/14 Directors’ remuneration policy report,  
is reproduced below for information only. The full Directors’ remuneration policy report is contained  
on pages 61 to 66 of the 2013/14 Annual report which is available in the investor relations section  
of the Group’s website: www.morrisons-corporate.com

Remuneration policy table

Executive Directors

ELEMENT AND HOW IT  
SUPPORTS STRATEGY

OPERATION

Base salary
The Committee’s policy is to set 
base salaries competitively to 
attract and retain the best talent, 
which is critical to the Group’s 
success and delivery of the strategy.

Base salary is part of a total 
remuneration package which 
rewards stretching performance 
aligned to the Group’s strategy.

Base salaries are set by the Committee on appointment and then 
normally reviewed annually.

In setting and reviewing salary levels, the Committee considers 
the responsibilities of the role, progression in the role, individual 
performance (including any change in responsibilities), skills, 
experience and pay levels and structure throughout the Group. 

The Committee also has regard to rates for similar roles in comparator 
companies, both in FTSE 100 retailers and UK-based companies 
of a similar size and complexity, but seeks to avoid the automatic 
ratcheting effects of following benchmark levels of salary.

Benefits
The Company provides a market 
competitive benefits package for 
Executive Directors to support 
in the ability to recruit and retain 
the best talent.

Executive Directors are entitled to a car allowance (or other car 
benefit), transport costs, private health provision, life assurance, 
and normal staff discount entitlement. Executive Directors are also 
entitled to participate in the all employee share save schemes (and 
any other all employee share plan which the Company may operate) 
on the same terms as all other UK-based employees. The Committee 
reviews benefit provision from time-to-time and retains flexibility to 
add or remove benefits if necessary to ensure that benefit provision 
remains market competitive or to meet the operational needs of the 
business (for example, through the payment of relocation expenses).

Pension benefits
The Company provides a market 
competitive retirement provision for 
Executive Directors which is aligned 
with retirement benefits available 
throughout the Group.

Executive Directors are entitled to membership of the Group’s 
cash balance pension arrangement known as the Morrisons 
Retirement Saver Plan. Individuals contribute 5% of capped base 
salary and all new eligible employees are automatically enrolled 
into this arrangement. A 10% cash salary supplement in lieu of 
Company pension contributions applies on base salary above 
the capped amount.

A cash alternative to pension provision is provided where the 
Group’s standard pension provision is not appropriate, for example, 
where an Executive Director has reached the Lifetime Allowance. 
Executive Directors may elect to receive this cash salary supplement 
in lieu of pension of broadly the same value as would accrue on 
an annual basis in the pension plan.

OPPORTUNITY

Salary increases will ordinarily 
be in line with salary 
increases across the Group. 
The Committee may award 
increases above this level 
where this is warranted due 
to a change in the scope or 
responsibilities of the role, 
to reflect progression in the 
role (e.g. staged increases 
for a recent appointment) 
or to remain competitive 
in the market. 

Current base salary levels are 
disclosed on page 37.

The maximum car allowance 
is currently £24,000. The cost 
to the Company of providing 
other benefits depends on 
the nature of the benefit and 
can vary from year-to-year. 
Benefit provision will be 
maintained at a level which 
is competitive.

The Morrisons Retirement 
Saver Plan guarantees a value 
of the cash balance in the 
plan of 24% of pensionable 
pay (assuming retirement at 
age 65 years) adjusted for 
inflation capped at 2% p.a.

A maximum 10% cash salary 
supplement applies above 
capped base salary.

Where an Executive 
Director receives a cash 
salary supplement only, 
the maximum supplement 
payable is 25% of salary.

PERFORMANCE  
MEASURES AND PERIOD

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1636

Directors’ remuneration report continued

ELEMENT AND HOW IT  
SUPPORTS STRATEGY

Annual bonus
Annual bonus awards are 
designed to incentivise and 
reward achievement of the 
Group’s short term financial 
and strategic objectives 
and personal performance 
objectives.

Compulsory deferral is designed 
to encourage retention and 
further align the interests of 
the Executive Directors with 
shareholders.

OPERATION

Bonus awards are made annually subject 
to a mix of financial and non-financial 
performance measures. Achievement of 
each performance element is assessed 
independently and the level of payout is 
determined by the Committee after the 
end of the relevant financial year.

50% of any bonus payable is paid in cash 
with the other 50% deferred in shares under 
the deferred share bonus plan, normally for 
a period of three years. The Committee has 
discretion to allow a higher level of deferral.

Dividend equivalents accrue over the vesting 
period and are paid at the time of vesting 
on the number of shares that vest.

OPPORTUNITY

The maximum bonus 
potential for Executive 
Directors is 200% of 
base salary.

The number of shares 
subject to the deferred 
award is determined by 
reference to the bonus 
and the share price 
on the date of award.

LTIP
Awards under the LTIP are 
designed to incentivise and 
reward achievement of the 
Group’s long term strategic 
objectives and creation of 
value for shareholders through 
execution of the strategy.

Awards are made annually subject to 
performance measures set by the 
Committee, which are aligned with business 
strategy and the Group’s stated KPIs.

The maximum annual 
individual award level 
under the plan is 300% 
of salary.

The current annual 
award level for 
Executive Directors 
is 240% of salary.

Achievement of each element is assessed 
independently.

Awards will normally vest three years after 
the award is made. The Committee retains 
discretion to introduce a holding period 
which would apply after the award 
has vested.

Dividend equivalents accrue over the 
performance period and are paid at the time 
of vesting on the number of shares that vest.

PERFORMANCE  
MEASURES AND PERIOD

Annual bonus awards are subject to the following performance 
measures:

• 50% is based on underlying profit before tax performance;

•  30% is linked to achievement of a number of strategic corporate 

scorecard measures; and

• 20% is linked to achievement of personal objectives.

The measures and weightings are set by the Committee on an 
annual basis and each element is assessed independently at the end 
of each year. Achievement of threshold performance will result in 
a payout of 20% of the underlying profit element (i.e. 10% of the 
maximum bonus potential).

Achievement of one of the strategic corporate scorecard measures 
or one of the personal objectives is regarded as threshold 
performance for that element.

Deferred share awards are not subject to any further performance 
conditions. Awards will normally vest three years after the date of 
award but may be forfeited if the individual leaves employment 
before the vesting date.

LTIP awards are subject to the following performance measures:

•  60% is based on cumulative free cash flow;

•  20% is based on underlying earnings per share (EPS) growth; and 

•  20% is based on total sales (excluding fuel and VAT).

Achievement of threshold performance will ordinarily result in 
vesting of 25% of each element with 100% vesting for maximum 
performance. However, the Committee has discretion to reduce 
the level of vesting at threshold.

A return on capital employed (ROCE) underpin applies to the 
vesting of the total LTIP award.

LTIP awards granted prior to 2014 are subject to the following 
performance measures:

•  75% is based on growth in underlying EPS relative to RPI; and

•  25% is based on like-for-like non-fuel sales relative to the Institute 

of Grocery Distribution (IGD) index.

Achievement of threshold performance will result in vesting of 25% 
of each element with 100% vesting for maximum performance.

No award can vest under the like-for-like sales element unless the 
threshold EPS target has been met.

For all awards, the Committee has the discretion to adjust the 
vesting calculations as set out in these notes.

Clawback and malus
As noted in last year’s Directors’ remuneration report, the Committee has incorporated clawback into the Company’s incentive plans in addition to the 
existing malus provisions in the Company’s DSBP (Deferred Share Bonus Plan) and LTIP.

Annual cash bonus and DSBP awards made in respect of 2015/16 are subject to clawback and malus provisions. Clawback and malus provisions apply 
to LTIP awards granted from April 2015 onwards.

Clawback provisions will apply for three years following payment of a cash bonus (malus already applies to the deferred share element for a three year 
period) and two years following vesting of an LTIP award (i.e. five years from grant). Awards may be clawed back in the following circumstances:

• material misstatement of results;
• gross misconduct;
• reputational damage; and/or
• performance assessment error.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCGovernance37

Implementation of remuneration policy in 2016/17

Base salary
Annual base salaries for the Executive Directors 
are set out below:

D Potts1
T Strain
1  D Potts was appointed as CEO on 16 March 2015.

2016/17
£850,000
 £575,000

2015/16
£850,000
£525,000

David Potts was appointed as Chief Executive 
on 16 March 2015 on a base salary of £850,000. 
Following the salary review, the Committee 
proposed an increase of 2.5% which was 
broadly in line with the increase across the 
business. However, David Potts waived the 
increase and his salary for the year ahead 
will remain unchanged. 

Trevor Strain was promoted to the role of 
CFO in April 2013 on a base salary below that 
of his predecessor. In reviewing his salary, the 
Committee has continued to take into account 
the considerable progress made by the CFO in 
the period since his appointment, his substantial 
contribution to the business during this time 
of significant transition and the addition of 
Property, Popular and Useful services, and 
Strategy to his responsibilities. As flagged 
last year, and with our major investors during 
consultation in the year, the Committee’s 
preference has been to stage increases over 
time. Therefore, following the increase awarded 
last year, a second phased increase of 9.5% has 
been agreed, effective 1 February 2016, taking 
his salary to £575,000.

Benefits and pension
The Executive Directors will receive benefits 
and a pension salary supplement in line with 
the current policy. David Potts and Trevor Strain 
receive a pension salary supplement of 25% and 
24% of base salary, respectively. 

Annual bonus
The structure of the bonus, including maximum 
potential (200% of salary) and the requirement 
to defer 50% of any bonus in shares under the 
DSBP, is in line with Directors’ remuneration 
policy (extract set out on page 36). 

The performance measures and weightings for 
the Executive Directors are as follows:

Underlying profit before tax
Strategic scorecard
Personal objectives

Weightings  
(% of maximum bonus 
opportunity)
50%
30%
20%

Underlying profit before tax targets are set by 
reference to internal budgets.

The performance measures, weightings and targets attached to LTIP awards due to be made in April 
2016 are as follows:

Measure
Cumulative 
free cash flow2

Weighting  
(% of maximum 
award)
60%

Underlying 
earnings per share 
(EPS) growth3
Total sales 
(excluding fuel 
and VAT)

20%

20%

Targets1
25% of the free cash flow element vests for achieving 
cumulative free cash flow of £620m over the three year 
performance period
100% vests for achieving cumulative free cash flow of £1,340m 
over the three year performance period
25% of the underlying EPS elements vests at growth of 6% p.a.
50% vests at growth of 9% p.a.
100% vests at growth of 13% p.a.
25% of the total sales element vests for achieving total sales 
of £13.0bn for the financial year 2018/19
50% vests for achieving total sales of £13.3bn for the financial 
year 2018/19
100% vests for achieving total sales of £13.5bn for the financial 
year 2018/19

1  Vesting is on a straight-line basis between points.
2   Operating cash flow plus net proceeds from the sale of properties (excluding store sale and lease back proceeds) 

less capital expenditure.

3  Measured from a 2015/16 base.

Scorecard measures for 2016/17 will focus on 
strategic objectives in the areas of like-for-like 
(20%) and productivity/cost reduction (10%).

Personal objectives will underpin the 
strategic objectives.

Detail on the performance targets is regarded 
by the Directors as commercially sensitive 
at this time and cannot be disclosed here. 
Subject to being considered no longer 
commercially sensitive, targets will be disclosed 
in a future remuneration report.

LTIP
The LTIP awards for David Potts and Trevor 
Strain for 2016 will be 240% of salary in line with 
the normal annual award level.

The Committee will take account of the 
Group’s ROCE over the performance period. 
If the Committee is not satisfied with ROCE 
performance over the period it will retain 
discretion to adjust outcomes downward.

For the free cash flow measure, the Committee 
has set minimum ‘guardrails’ for maintenance 
expenditure and minimum and maximum 
‘guardrails’ for cumulative net proceeds from 
property sales over the performance period. 
When considering vesting against the free cash 
flow measure, the Committee will review and 
adjust as appropriate in the event of operation 
outside the agreed parameters. The Committee 
will disclose these parameters and any decision 
taken to adjust outcomes retrospectively in the 
Annual report on remuneration for 2019/20. 

It should be noted that decisions in relation 
to material property sales and expenditure on 
maintenance and infrastructure are taken by 
the Board as a whole. 

For the sales targets, as set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy, the Committee will retain 
the discretion to adjust the targets in the event 
of material disposals or store closures during 
the performance period which were not taken 
into account in setting the target range. 

The Committee has discretion to adjust these 
calculations for material exceptional events or 
actions (which may include strategic changes to 
capital expenditure approved by the Board and 
material acquisitions or disposals) which were 
not in the contemplation of the Committee at 
the time the targets were set and which might 
otherwise materially distort the outcome, in 
order to ensure that vesting of the LTIP is an 
accurate and fair reflection of performance. 
If the Committee exercises its discretion to 
amend the calculation, a full disclosure of the 
reason for the amendment and an explanation 
of the impact will be given in the relevant 
Annual report on remuneration.

Chairman and Non-Executive 
Director fees
Base fees and fees for Committee chairmanship 
and membership are unchanged for 2016/17 at 
£60,000, £20,000 and £4,000 (per Committee) 
respectively. The fee for the Senior 
Independent Director is also unchanged at 
£20,000. The base fee for the Chairman is 
£400,000.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16 
38

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration

Audited information

Single total figure of remuneration
The table below sets out the single total figure of remuneration and breakdown for each Director for 2015/16 and the comparative figure for 2014/15.

Salary/fees 
£000

Benefits1
£000

2015/16

Annual
bonus2
£000

LTIP  
£000

Pension
benefits3
£000

Total 
£000

Salary/fees 
£000

Benefits1
£000

2014/15

Annual
bonus2
£000

LTIP 
£000

Pension
benefits3
£000

Total 
£000

–
–
–

–
28
28

187
126
10

747
525
39

226
35
1

–
490
850

–
602
1,010

1,092
763
–

2,252
1,449
50

Executive Directors
D Potts4
T Strain
D Philips5
Non-Executive 
Directors
A Higginson6
94
–
R Anand 7
–
–
P Cox8
108
–
N Davidson9
–
–
R Gillingwater 10
76
–
P Hughes8
92
–
I Lee11
–
–
B Richards11
–
–
P Vennells7
–
–
J Waterous12
92
–
1   Taxable benefits for the Executive Directors include a car allowance (or other car benefit), transport costs, and private health provision. The Chairman has use of a car and driver for Company business 

400
7
102
25
26
84
32
33
5
92

401
7
102
25
26
84
32
33
5
92

94
–
108
–
76
92
–
–
–
92

–
1,238
2,101

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
118
213

–
–
–

and receives private health provision. All Directors receive the Company’s normal staff discount entitlement which is not taxable. The value of Sharesave awards granted in 2015/16 is also included in this 
figure. D Potts’ benefits for the year included c£0.2m of relocation benefits. The company has been advised that for the Chairman, CEO and CFO, certain expenses in relation to travel should be treated 
as a taxable benefit. The table above includes these travel expenses and the corresponding tax contributions (restated for 2014/15).

2  50% of the annual bonus is deferred in shares for a period of three years. There are no performance conditions attached. For D Philips, the 2014/15 bonus was paid in cash.
3   D Potts and D Philips received a salary supplement equal to 25% of base salary. T Strain received a salary supplement of 24% of base salary. None of the Executive Directors have a prospective 

entitlement to a defined benefit pension by reason of qualifying services.

4  D Potts was appointed to the Board on 16 March 2015. The figures disclosed for 2015/16 are for the period following appointment to the Board.
5  D Philips stepped down from the Board on 16 February 2015. The figures disclosed for 2015/16 are for the period prior to him stepping down. Loss of office payments disclosed on page 41.
6  A Higginson was appointed to the Board on 1 October 2014. The figure disclosed for 2014/15 includes fees in respect of his induction period (including legal costs) which commenced on 1 September 2014.
7  R Anand and P Vennells were appointed to the Board on 1 January 2016. The figures disclosed for 2015/16 are for the period following appointment to the Board.
8  P Cox and P Hughes stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2015. The figures disclosed for 2015/16 are for the period prior to them stepping down.
9  N Davidson was appointed to the Board on 1 October 2015. The figure disclosed for 2015/16 is for the period following appointment to the Board.
10 R Gillingwater stepped down from the Board on 4 June 2015. The figure disclosed for 2015/16 is for the period prior to him stepping down.
11  I Lee and B Richards were appointed to the Board on 1 September 2015. The figure disclosed for 2015/16 is for the period following appointment to the Board.
12  J Waterous retired from the Board on 31 January 2016.

Annual bonus
The table below provide a summary of the performance achieved under the annual bonus for 2015/16: 

Director
David Potts
Trevor Strain

Maximum bonus  
opportunity
200%
200%

Actual bonus
(% of salary) 
146%
146%

Actual bonus
(£000)
£1,092
£763

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCGovernance 
39

Group financial and strategic scorecard

Performance measure
Group Financial

Underlying PBT 1

Strategic scorecard

Weighting  
(as a % of total annual  
bonus opportunity)

50%

Productivity/cost reduction

10%

Like-for-like sales

20%

Achieved as a % of maximum

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Pay-out  
(as a % of total annual 
bonus opportunity)

£302m

£300m

£200m
(2%)
(2%)

£227m

32.7%

10%

10%

  Actual achievement

1  Underlying profit before restructuring one-off costs and tax, see note 1.4 for further details.

The Committee considers that the threshold and maximum targets under the Group’s financial and strategic measures remain commercially sensitive. 
These targets will be disclosed in a future report when no longer regarded as commercially sensitive. 

Personal measures

Director
David Potts

Weighting 
(as a % of total annual 
bonus opportunity)
20%

Trevor Strain

20%

Key achievements in the year
During the year David secured a strong and committed executive 
leadership team dedicated to driving the organisation’s 
turnaround. His listening programme (intended to inform and 
shape the new strategy) made great progress during the year and 
enabled identification and work towards our six strategic 
priorities to strengthen and improve the customer experience. 
David has stabilised business performance and rationalised our 
portfolio of stores with the closure of 21 supermarkets and sale 
of M local stores. Work has also been completed to ‘right size’ 
the organisation with changes to store support structure. 
During the year Trevor exceeded goals in relation to cost savings, 
working capital improvements, net debt reduction, financing 
restructure and disposal of our underperforming stores. He has 
also delivered the first phase of our new internal IT strategy. 
Trevor contributed significantly to the development of the 
business’ new strategy. He has played a key role in assisting with 
the development of the new Executive team and communication 
of the financial aspects of our new business strategy.

Pay-out 
(as a % of maximum)
20%

20%

50% of any bonus payable is deferred in shares under the DSBP which vest three years after the date of award. Dividend equivalents  
will accrue and be paid on the shares that vest. Deferred shares are normally forfeited if the individual leaves the Company before they vest.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16 
 
40

Directors’ remuneration report continued

LTIP awards
Awards granted under the LTIP in April 2013 are scheduled to vest in April 2016. The performance period relating to these awards ends on 31 January 
2016. Details of the performance conditions and the extent to which they have been satisfied are set out below:

Weighting

(25%)
Threshold performance required

(100%)
Maximum performance required

Actual outcome

Actual LTIP vesting  
(% of maximum)

75%

Performance condition
Underlying earnings  
per share (EPS) growth
Like-for-like non-fuel sales 
relative to the Institute  
of Grocery Distribution  
(IGD) index2
LTIP vesting (% of maximum)
1  Vesting is on a straight-line basis between threshold and maximum. 
2  No award can vest under the like-for-like sales element unless the threshold EPS target has been met.
3  Vesting is on a straight-line basis between threshold and maximum.

EPS growth  
of RPI +1% p.a.
Matching IGD index over 
the three year period

25%

EPS growth  
of RPI +10% p.a.1
Outperformance of IGD 
index by at least 1% over 
the three year period3

EPS growth below 
threshold of RPI +1% p.a.
Below IGD index over 
three year period

0%

0%

0%

Share awards granted in 2015/16
The table below sets out the share awards made to the Executive Directors during 2015/16 under the Company’s LTIP. 

D Potts
T Strain
1 

Grant date
23 April 2015
23 April 2015

Award type
Conditional award
Conditional award

Basis on which  
award made 
300% of salary2
240% of salary

Face value 
of award (£)1
2,550,000
1,260,000

Percentage of award 
vesting at threshold 
performance
25%
25%

Performance  
period end date
3 February 2018
3 February 2018

Performance conditions
See table below
See table below

 The face value in the table above has been calculated by multiplying the maximum number of shares that could vest by the average share price used to determine the number of shares awarded. 
The average share price used was £1.9716 and this was calculated over a period of five business days prior to the date of grant.
 D Potts first LTIP award was 300% of salary and was intended to provide an immediate performance driver and alignment with shareholders.

2 

The table below sets out the performance conditions attached to the awards made during the year. These awards were granted in April 2015.

Measure
Cumulative free cash flow1

Weighting (% of maximum award)
60%

Underlying earnings per share  
(EPS)

Total sales  
(excluding fuel and VAT)

20%

20%

Targets
 25% of the free cash flow element vests for achieving cumulative free  
cash flow of £850m over the three year performance period
 100% vests for achieving cumulative free cash flow of £1,600m over the  
three year performance period2
 25% of the underlying EPS element vests for achieving underlying EPS  
of 10p for the financial year 2017/18
 100% vests for achieving underlying EPS of 15p for the financial year 2017/183
 25% of the total sales element vests for achieving total sales of £12.7bn  
for the financial year 2017/18
 100% vests for achieving total sales of £13.3bn for the financial year 2017/182

1  Operating cash flow plus net proceeds from the sale of properties (excluding store sale and leaseback proceeds) less capital expenditure.
2  Vesting is on a straight-line basis between threshold and maximum. 
3  Intermediate vesting applies: 10p (25%); 11p (60%); 12p (80%); 15p (100%). Vesting is on a straight-line basis between these points.

The Committee will take account of the Group’s ROCE over the performance period. If the Committee is not satisfied with ROCE performance over 
the period it will retain discretion to adjust outcomes downward.

For the free cash flow measure, the Committee has set minimum and maximum ‘guardrails’ for maintenance expenditure and cumulative net proceeds 
from property sales over the performance period. When considering vesting against the free cash flow measure, the Committee will review and adjust 
as appropriate in the event of operation outside the agreed parameters. The Committee will disclose these parameters and any decision taken to 
adjust outcomes retrospectively in the relevant Annual report on remuneration. It should be noted that decisions in relation to material property sales 
and expenditure on maintenance and infrastructure are taken by the Board as a whole. 

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCGovernance 
 
 
 
 
41

For the revenue targets, as set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, the Committee will retain the discretion to adjust the targets in the event 
of material disposals or store closures during the performance period which were not taken into account in setting the target range. For the avoidance 
of doubt, the revenue targets in the table above exclude convenience stores.

The Committee has discretion to adjust these calculations for material exceptional events or actions (which may include strategic changes to capital 
expenditure approved by the Board and material acquisitions or disposals) which were not in the contemplation of the Committee at the time the 
targets were set and which might otherwise materially distort the outcome, in order to ensure that vesting of the LTIP is an accurate and fair reflection 
of performance. If the Committee exercises its discretion to amend the calculation, a full disclosure of the reason for the amendment and an 
explanation of the impact will be given in the relevant Annual report on remuneration.

Payments to past Directors and loss of office payments
Dalton Philips stepped down as CEO on 16 February 2015. The details of his termination arrangements were disclosed in detail last year.

Dalton’s notice period commenced on 13 January 2015 and he was paid his normal base salary and contractual benefits up to the date of cessation 
on 16 February 2015. As set out in last year’s report, in accordance with his contractual entitlements, Dalton has received phased payments in lieu of 
base salary, pension supplement and benefits during 2015/16 covering the remainder of his 12 month notice period. These payments were made in 
instalments and totalled £989,198 in respect of the financial year, including £7,000 in respect of advisory fees in connection with his loss of 
office arrangements.

Dalton was not eligible for a bonus in respect of 2015/16.

Dalton’s 237,592 deferred shares (including dividend equivalents) vested in full in March 2015 in accordance with the rules of the DSBP. These related 
to his deferred annual bonus earned in respect of 2011/12. His LTIP award which was due to vest in 2016 has lapsed in full.

No other payments (including loss of office payments) have been made during 2015/16 to any individual who was previously a Director of the Company.

Statement of Directors’ shareholding 
The Company has share ownership guidelines for Executive Directors of 200% of salary. Under the guidelines, Executive Directors are expected 
to retain 50% of vested share awards (net of tax), including shares from the deferred element of the annual bonus, until the guideline is reached. 
Shares held under the DSBP (calculated on a post-tax basis) which are subject only to a continuing service requirement, will be included in assessing 
the level of shareholding. The shareholding guideline should be reached within five years of appointment to the Board.

The Company has share ownership guidelines for Non-Executive Directors of 50% of base fees. This guideline should be reached within three years 
of appointment to the Board or three years after the date of adoption of the policy for incumbent Directors.

No share awards have vested for either David Potts or Trevor Strain since their appointment to the Board.

David Potts and Trevor Strain do not yet meet the 200% shareholding guideline but are both within the five year period allowed to build up 
their shareholding. 

Directors’ shareholdings – Executive Directors

Shareholding
as at
31 January 2016/
16 February 2015
for D Philips1
(% salary)2

Shareholding 
requirement  
(% salary)

Shares owned 
outright

Deferred shares  
not subject to 
performance

Share save  
options not  
subject to  
performance

LTIP shares subject
to performance3

Total interests  
in shares

Executive Directors
D Potts
T Strain
D Philips
1   Includes shares held under the DSBP on an after tax basis.
2   For the purpose of calculating the shareholding as a percentage of salary, the share price of £1.745 as at 29 January 2016 (the last trading day of the financial year ended 31 January 2016) has been used 

1,293,365
1,216,069
820,6954

–
196,940
237,592

822,881
97,794
337,919

200%
200%
200%

–
7,682
5,487

182%
69%
95%

2,116,246
1,518,485
1,401,693

(other than for shares purchased in the market which are valued at the acquisition price).

3   576,995 shares represent the LTIP award granted to T Strain in June 2014 which is due to vest in June 2017. 50% of the award is linked to cumulative free cash flow targets. 25% of this element vests for 

achieving cumulative free cash flow of £1bn over the three year performance period and 100% vests for achieving £2bn over the three year performance period. 30% of the award is linked to underlying 
earnings per share (EPS) targets. 25% of this element vests for achieving underlying EPS of 17p for the financial year 2016/17 and 100% vests for achieving underlying EPS of 23p for the financial year 
2016/17. 20% of the award is linked to total sales (excluding fuel and VAT) targets. 25% of this element vests for achieving total sales of £14bn for the financial year 2016/17; 50% vests for achieving total 
sales of £14.4bn for the financial year 2016/17 and 100% vests for achieving total sales of £15bn for the financial year 2016/17. Vesting is on a straight-line basis between each of the points. 1,293,365 shares 
and 639,074 shares represent LTIP awards granted to D Potts and T Strain respectively in April 2015 which are due to vest in April 2018. Performance targets for those awards are disclosed in the section 
headed Share Awards granted in 2015/16.

4  Maximum number of shares after reduction for time pro-rating.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1642

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ shareholdings – Non-Executive Directors
All Non-Executive Directors are still within the three year period allowed to build up their shareholding. Shareholdings as at 31 January 2016 (or date 
of stepping down from the Board in the case of R Gillingwater, J Waterous, P Cox and P Hughes) are set out in the table below.

A Higginson
R Anand
P Cox
N Davidson
R Gillingwater
P Hughes
I Lee 
B Richards
P Vennels
J Waterous

1 February 2016 
Total (owned outright)
266,209
12,500
25,000
–
19,695
9,848
–
–
–
20,216

There have been no changes in the Directors’ interests since the year end.

Unaudited information

Performance graph and table
The graph below shows the Company’s total shareholder return (TSR) compared with the TSR of the FTSE 100 and FTSE Food and Drug Retailers indices 
over the seven year period to 31 January 2016. These indices have been selected as being appropriate in giving a broad equity view and given that the 
Company is or has been a constituent of these indices over the period.

Value of a £100 holding

£
250

200

150

100

50

0

Morrisons
FTSE All Share food and drug retailers

FTSE 100

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

The table below sets out the total remuneration figure for the CEO over the same seven year period, valued using the methodology applied to the 
single total figure of remuneration.

Total remuneration  
(£000s)

Annual bonus payment  
(% of maximum opportunity)

2012/13
–
1,089
–
–
0%
–
–
0%
–
1  Total remuneration includes value of unrestricted share award over 319,401 shares and restricted share award over 120,965 shares granted on recruitment.
2  Marc Bolland was not treated as a good leaver and therefore did not receive a bonus in 2009/10.
3  In 2015/16, D Potts was appointed on 16 March 2015 and D Philips stepped down from the Board on 16 February 2015.

  Chief Executive
David Potts
Dalton Philips
Marc Bolland
David Potts
Dalton Philips
Marc Bolland
David Potts
Dalton Philips
Marc Bolland

2009/10
–
–
1,159
–
–
0%2
–
–
–

2010/11
–
3,3281
304
–
70%
–
–
–
–

2011/12
–
2,502
–
–
90%
–
–
–
–

LTIP vesting level achieved  
(% of maximum opportunity)

2013/14
–
1,089
–
–
0%
–
–
0%
–

2014/15
–
2,101
–
–
60%
–
–
0%
–

2015/163
2,252
50
–
73%
–
–
–
0%
–

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCGovernance43

Change in remuneration of CEO compared to Group employees
The table below sets out the change in total remuneration paid to the CEO from 2014/15 to 2015/16 and the average percentage change from 2014/15 to 
2015/16 for employees of the Group as a whole.

% increase in element between 2014/15 and 2015/16

D Potts/D Philips1
All Group employees2
1  Shows the percentage change between the 2014/15 data for D Philips and the annualised 2015/16 data for D Potts.
2  Reflects the change in average pay for all Group employees employed in both the financial year 2014/15 and the financial year 2015/16.
3  Reflects the increase in the average bonus payout for eligible employees.
4   D Potts taxable benefits for the year included £0.2m relating to relocation allowance, which as a one-off payment has been excluded from the table above.

Salary and fees
0%
2%

Taxable benefits4
0%
2%

Annual bonus
23%
24%3

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below sets out the total spend on remuneration in the 2015/16 and 2014/15 financial years compared with distributions to shareholders. 

Total spend on remuneration for all Group employees
Profit distributed by way of dividends and share buyback

The Committee and its advisers
During the year, the following individuals were members of the Remuneration Committee:

2015/16
£1,944m
£260m

2014/15
£1,970m
£308m

Difference
£26m
£48m

Name of Director
J Waterous (Chair)
I Lee (Chairman designate)
R Anand
P Cox
N Davidson
R Gillingwater
A Higginson
P Hughes
B Richards
P Vennells

 Membership

From
1 Feb 2010
2 Sep 2015
21 Jan 2016
1 Apr 2009
3 Nov 2015
1 Mar 2013
22 Jan 2015
1 Jan 2010
2 Sep 2015
21 Jan 2016

To
31 Jan 2016
To date
To date
31 Dec 2015
To date
4 Jun 2015
To date
31 Dec 2015
To date
To date

The CEO, the Group People Director and other HR representatives also attend meetings (other than where their own remuneration is being discussed) 
by invitation. The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee.

Deloitte LLP (Deloitte) were appointed in July 2014 by the Committee, following a competitive tender process, to provide independent external advice 
on market practice and Executive and Non-Executive remuneration. Fees are agreed by the Committee according to services provided. Total fees paid 
during 2015/16 to Deloitte for material advice and assistance in relation to remuneration matters were £74,900, on a time and expense basis. 

Deloitte are also engaged from time-to-time to provide a range of unrelated human resource consulting services and advice on tax and accounting. 
The Chairman of the Committee monitors such engagements on an ongoing basis to ensure that there is no impact on Deloitte’s independence 
as adviser to the Committee. Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and signatory to its Voluntary Code of Conduct. 
The Committee is satisfied that the advice received during the year from Deloitte is objective and independent. 

Allen & Overy LLP provided legal advice to the Committee on the appointment of the new CEO. Fees paid for this advice during 2015/16 totalled 
£12,999.

Allen & Overy LLP also provide other legal advice and services to the Group.

Statement of voting at 2014 AGM
As disclosed in previous reports, the table below shows the voting outcome at the June 2014 AGM for approval of the Remuneration policy.

Remuneration policy

Votes for
1,142,938,356

For as a % of votes cast
73.46

Votes against
412,940,651

Against as a % of votes cast
26.54

Abstentions
35,276,870

Statement of voting at 2015 AGM
The table below shows the voting outcome at the June 2015 AGM for approval of the 2014/15 Remuneration report.

Remuneration report

Irwin Lee
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
9 March 2016

Votes for
959,319,914

For as a % of votes cast
62.08

Votes against
586,005,110

Against as a % of votes cast
37.92

Abstentions
116,613,615

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1644

Directors’ report
Statutory disclosures

The following disclosures have been included elsewhere within 
the Annual report and are incorporated into the Directors’ report 
by reference.

Disclosure
Financial instruments
Financial risk management
Future developments
Dividends
Greenhouse gas emissions
Corporate governance report
Directors of the Group
Employee involvement

Page
85 to 87
86 
2 to 21
66
16
22 to 32
23 to 24
14 to 15

Borrowing powers

The Articles of Association of the Company restrict the borrowings 
of the Company and its subsidiary undertakings to a maximum 
amount equal to twice the share capital and consolidated reserves.

Relating to beneficial owners of shares with  
‘information rights’

Beneficial owners of shares who have been nominated by the registered 
holder of those shares to receive information rights under section 146 of 
the Companies Act 2006 are required to direct all communications to the 
registered holder of their shares rather than to the Company’s registrar, 
Capita Registrars, or to the Group directly.

Disclosures required pursuant to Listing Rule 9.8.4R can be found on the 
following pages:

Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance

Disclosure
Interest capitalised
Long term incentive schemes
Waiver of Directors’ emoluments

Page
71 to 74
92 to 95
33 to 43

The Company maintains insurance cover for the protection of Directors 
and senior management from personal liabilities and costs which may 
arise in the course of fulfilling their duties. The Company also agreed 
during the year to provide an indemnity to the Non-Executive Directors 
for such liabilities and costs to the fullest extent permitted by law. 

Political donations

Substantial shareholdings

No political donations were made in the financial year, which is Group policy.

Going concern

The Directors’ assessment of the Group and the Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern is based on cash flow forecasts for the 
Group and the committed borrowing and debt facilities of the Group. 
These forecasts include consideration of future trading performance, working 
capital requirements, retail market conditions and the wider economy. 

The Group remains able to borrow cash at competitive rates. The Group 
has negotiated, and has available to it, committed, competitive facilities 
that will meet the Group’s needs in the short and medium term. 

Having assessed the principal risks as set out on pages 18 and 19 and 
the other matters discussed in connection with the Viability statement 
on page 19, the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

Forward-looking statements

The Strategic report and Directors’ report are prepared for the members 
of the Company and should not be relied upon by any other party or 
for any other purpose. Where the Strategic report and Directors’ report 
include forward-looking statements, these are made by the Directors 
in good faith based on the information available to them at the time 
of their approval of the Annual report.

Consequently, such statements should be treated with caution due to 
the inherent uncertainties, including both economic and business risk 
factors, underlying such forward-looking statements and information. 

The liabilities of the Directors in connection with the Strategic report, the 
Directors’ remuneration report and the Directors’ report shall be subject 
to the limitations and restrictions provided by the Companies Act 2006. 

The Company has been notified by the following shareholders (excluding 
Directors) that they have interests in 3% or more of the total voting 
rights in the Company. The shares relate to the number informed by the 
shareholders on the notification rather than the current share register: 

Amerprise Financial Inc
Schroders PLC
Deutsche Bank AG
Silchester International 
Investors LLP
Brandes Investment 
Partners, LP
BlackRock Inc
Majedie Asset 
Management Limited
First Eagle Investment 
Management, LLC
Invesco Limited
Eleanor Marie Kernighan
Andrea Shelley
Zurich Financial Services

As at 31 January 2016

As at 9 March 2016

Number of 
shares
177,970,287 
155,916,196 
124,717,149

Number of 
% of share 
shares
capital
177,970,287
7.62
155,916,196
6.68
5.34 105,974,097

% of share 
capital
7.62
6.68
4.54

117,553,329

5.03

117,553,329

5.03

117,121,738
117,012,010

5.02
5.01

117,121,738
117,012,010

5.02
5.01

115,708,692

4.96

115,708,692

4.96

114,296,273
111,082,524
98,182,396
92,869,309
81,286,130

4.89
4.76
3.95
3.98
3.48

114,296,273
111,082,524
92,182,396
92,869,309
81,286,130

4.89
4.76
3.95
3.98
3.48

The percentage appearing above is the percentage that number 
represents of the issued share capital of the Company as at 31 January 
2016 and 9 March 2016 respectively.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCGovernance 
45

Additional shareholder information

Additional information for shareholders is required by the 
implementation of the EU Takeover Directive into UK law.

Pursuant to section 992 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company 
is required to disclose certain additional information. Such disclosures, 
which are not covered elsewhere in this report, include the following 
paragraphs. The disclosures set out below are in some cases a summary 
of the relevant provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association 
and the relevant full provisions can be found in the Articles which 
are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office.

Appointment and powers of Directors
Directors are appointed by ordinary resolution at a general meeting 
of ordinary shareholders. The Directors have the power to appoint 
a Director during the year, but any person so appointed must be put 
up for appointment at the next AGM.

Subject to its Articles of Association and relevant statutory law, and to 
such direction as may be given by the Company in general meeting by 
special resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the 
Directors, who may exercise all powers of the Company which are not 
required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting.

Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by a special 
resolution at a general meeting of shareholders.

Share capital
The authorised and called-up share capital of the Company, together 
with details of shares allotted and cancelled during the year, are shown 
in note 6.5 of the Group financial statements.

At the AGM of the Company held in June 2012, a special resolution was 
passed to renew the authority given at the AGM held in June 2011 for the 
purchase by the Company of up to 248,797,066 ordinary shares representing 
approximately 10% of the issued ordinary share capital at that time. 

During the period, 70,480 (2015: 41,962) ordinary shares were issued to 
employees exercising share options, along with a further nil (2015: nil) out 
of the Group’s treasury shares and 3,118,702 (2015: 3,031,234) out of the 
Group’s trust shares.

Share capital and rights attaching to the Company’s shares
Under the Company’s Articles of Association, any share in the Company 
may be issued with such rights or restrictions, whether in regard to 
dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Company may from 
time-to-time by ordinary resolution determine (or, in the absence of any 
such determination, as the Directors may determine).

At a general meeting of the Company, every member has one vote on 
a show of hands and, on a poll, one vote for each share held. The notice 
of general meeting specifies deadlines for exercising voting rights either 
by proxy or present in person in relation to resolutions to be passed at 
a general meeting.

No member is, unless the Board decides otherwise, entitled to attend 
or vote either personally or by proxy at a general meeting, or to exercise 
any other right conferred by being a shareholder if they or any person 
with an interest in shares has been sent a notice under section 793 of the 
Companies Act 2006 (which confers upon public companies the power 
to require information with respect to interests in their voting shares) 
and they or any interested person failed to supply the Company with 
the information requested within 14 days after delivery of that notice. 
The Board may also decide that no dividend is payable in respect of 
those default shares and that no transfer of any default shares shall be 

registered. These restrictions end seven days after receipt by the Company 
of a notice of an approved transfer of the shares or all the information 
required by the relevant section 793 notice, whichever is the earlier.

The Directors may refuse to register any transfer of any share which is not 
a fully paid share, although such discretion may not be exercised in a way 
which the Financial Conduct Authority regards as preventing dealings in 
the shares of the relevant class or classes from taking place on an open or 
proper basis. The Directors may likewise refuse to register any transfer of 
a share in favour of more than four persons jointly. The Company is not 
aware of any other restrictions on the transfer of shares in the Company 
other than certain restrictions that may from time-to-time be imposed 
by laws and regulations (for example, insider trading laws).

The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders 
that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or voting rights.

Other disclosures
The Company is not party to any significant arrangements which take 
effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the Company 
following a takeover bid.

The Company does not have any employee share schemes where the 
shares to which the scheme relates have rights with regard to the control 
of the Company which are not exercisable by employees.

Equal opportunities for all
Integral to a high performing culture is the concept of equal opportunity 
for all colleagues, which we offer regardless of race, colour, nationality, 
ethnic origin, gender (including gender reassignment), marital or civil 
partnership status, disability, religion or belief, sexual orientation, 
age or trade union membership.

This includes applications for employment made by people with disabilities, 
which are given full and fair consideration. Respect underpins our behaviour 
towards all disabled candidates, as well as colleagues who have a disability 
or become disabled in any way during the course of their employment.

A full assessment of the individual’s needs is undertaken and we will make 
reasonable adjustments to the work environment or practices in order 
to help people with disabilities.

All candidates and colleagues are treated equally in respect of recruitment, 
promotion, training, pay and other employment policies and conditions. 
The decisions we make are based on relevant merits and abilities.

Health and safety policy
It is the Group’s intention, so far as is reasonably practicable, to ensure 
the health, safety and welfare of all its employees, customers and visitors 
to its premises. In order to achieve this, a comprehensive health and 
safety manual is in place for each division of the Company and subsidiary 
companies within the Group. Each health and safety manual contains 
the policy and procedures for complying with the Health and Safety at 
Work Act 1974, including the provision, based on risk assessment, of safe 
working practices for all work activities across the Group. The Group’s 
health and safety policy is approved by the Executive Committee. 
The Group has adopted the national targets set by the Health and Safety 
Commission for the reduction of workplace accidents and work-related 
ill health, and is on course to meet or exceed these targets. Health and 
safety performance is monitored to ensure continuous improvement 
in all areas.

By order of the Board

Mark Amsden 
Company Secretary 
9 March 2016

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1646

Directors’ report continued
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the  
Annual report and financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual report, the 
Directors’ remuneration report and the Group and Company financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Company 
financial statements for each financial period. Under that law they are 
required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU 
and applicable law and have elected to prepare the Company financial 
statements in accordance with UK Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (UK Accounting Standards and applicable law).

Under Company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of their profit 
or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and Company 
financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 
•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 
•  for the Group financial statements, state whether they have 

been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU; 

•  for the Company financial statements, state whether 

applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject 
to any material departures disclosed and explained in the Company 
financial statements; and 

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless 

it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the Company will 
continue in business. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position 
of the Company and the Group and enable them to ensure that 
its financial statements and Directors’ remuneration report comply 
with the Companies Act 2006, and as regards the Group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulations. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Company and the Group and hence for 
taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Disclosure of information to auditors

The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ 
report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no 
relevant audit information of which the Group’s auditor is unaware; 
and each Director has taken all steps that he or she ought to have 
taken as a Director to make himself or herself aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the Group’s auditor is aware 
of that information.

Assessment of whether the Annual report is fair, 
balanced and understandable

As required by the Code, the Directors confirm that they consider that 
the Annual report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy. 

When arriving at this position the Board was assisted by a number 
of processes including the following:

•  the Annual report is drafted by appropriate senior management 
with overall coordination by the Chief Financial Officer to ensure 
consistency across sections;

•  an extensive verification process is undertaken to ensure factual 

accuracy; and

•  comprehensive reviews of drafts of the report are undertaken by 

members of the Executive Committee and other senior management; 
and the final draft is reviewed by the Audit Committee prior 
to consideration by the Board.

Responsibility statement

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

•  the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable 
set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and 
its subsidiaries included in the consolidation as a whole; and

•  the Strategic report includes a fair review of the development of the 

business and the position of the Company and its subsidiaries included 
in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description 
of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

By order of the Board

Mark Amsden
Company Secretary
9 March 2016

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCGovernance47

Independent auditors’ report to the members  
of Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC 

Report on the financial statements

Our opinion
In our opinion:

•  Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair 

view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 January 2016 and of the Group’s profit and cash flows for the 52 week period 
(the “period”) then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted 

by the European Union;

•  the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and
•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial 

statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

What we have audited
The financial statements, included within the Annual report and Financial Statements (the “Annual report”), comprise:

•  the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 January 2016;
•  the Company balance sheet as at 31 January 2016;
•  the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the period then ended;
•  the consolidated cash flow statement for the period then ended;
•  the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the period then ended; and
•  the notes to the financial statements, which include other explanatory information.

Certain required disclosures have been presented elsewhere in the Annual report, rather than in the notes to the financial statements. These are  
cross-referenced from the financial statements and are identified as audited.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted 
by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Company financial statements is United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law (United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice).

Our audit approach
Overview

Materiality

Audit scope

Areas of 
focus

Materiality
•  Overall Group materiality: £12m which represents 5% of Underlying profit before tax (2015: £17.25m).

Audit scope
•  The Group engagement team conducted the majority of our audit work in the UK, with specified procedures 

undertaken by a PwC component auditor in the Isle of Man. In addition, a PwC component audit team undertook 
a full scope audit of the UK Manufacturing subsidiaries.

•  Taken together, the territories and functions where we performed our work accounted for 99% of Group revenues.

Areas of focus
•  Impairment of property.
•  Onerous lease provisions and onerous property commitments.
•  Commercial income and promotional funding.
•  Capitalisation and impairment of intangible assets.
•  Stock valuation.

The scope of our audit and our areas of focus
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) (“ISAs (UK & Ireland)”).

We designed our audit by determining materiality and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we looked 
at areas where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions 
and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal 
controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1648

Independent auditors’ report to the members  
of Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC continued

The risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on our audit, including the allocation of our resources and effort, are identified as 
“areas of focus” in the table below. We have also set out how we tailored our audit to address these specific areas in order to provide an opinion 
on the financial statements as a whole, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures should be read in this context. This is not 
a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

Area of focus
Impairment of property
Refer to note 3.1 (Accounting policies), page 59 (Critical accounting 
estimates and judgements) and note 3.3 (Property, plant and equipment). 

The Group has a large freehold store estate (£5,966m at 31 January 2016). 
Given the challenging trading conditions in the UK grocery retail market 
in recent years and subsequent adverse impact on the market value of 
traditional supermarket freehold stores, the possibility of impairment of 
these assets is an area of focus for management.

Management considers each store to be a cash generating unit (CGU) 
and has calculated the recoverable amount of each CGU as the higher 
of value in use and fair value less costs of disposal. 

Value in use
Value in use is based on discounted future cash flow forecasts, requiring 
management to make judgements on certain key inputs including, for 
example, discount rates and long term growth rates. 

Fair value less costs of disposal
Fair value less costs of disposal is estimated by management based on 
their knowledge of individual stores, likely demand from grocers or 
other retailers in the event those stores were for sale and is further 
informed by a valuation performed by a third party valuer. The key 
judgements made by the Directors in this fair value calculation relate to 
the estimated rental values and the yields of the stores. 

In the prior year an impairment charge of £1,113m was recognised in 
respect of freehold property. Management has calculated that no further 
impairment is required in the current year. We focused on this area 
because of the judgemental factors involved in reaching this conclusion, 
and the significant carrying value of freehold property.

Onerous lease provisions and onerous property commitments
Refer to note 5.1 (Accounting policies), page 59 (Critical accounting 
estimates and judgements) and note 5.5. 

Onerous lease provisions
Accounting standards require management to assess the Group’s 
leasehold properties to identify where the expected future benefits 
from a property are less than the future lease commitments which 
would indicate that an onerous lease provision is required. Under IAS 37 
‘Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets’ such a provision is 
made for the unavoidable costs of the contract, defined in the standard 
as the “least net cost of exit.” 

We focused on this area because of the judgements required to be made 
by management in identifying those stores requiring an onerous lease 
provision and the assumptions used in the models, such as the discount 
rate and those used in developing the associated cash flow forecasts.

Onerous property commitments
The Group has a number of sites that they are contractually committed 
to purchase. Where management believes that an adverse outcome 
would result from developing the store, a provision is made. There are 
judgements involved in determining the expected realisable value of 
these sites and therefore this has been an area of focus during our audit.

How our audit addressed the area of focus
Value in use
Our audit procedures included a detailed evaluation of the Group’s budgeting 
procedures (upon which forecasts underlying the value in use calculations are based) 
and an assessment of management’s discounted cash flow models. We tested the 
mathematical accuracy of the calculations derived from each forecast model and 
assessed key inputs in the calculations such as the discount rate of 9%, by reference 
to management’s forecasts, industry reports and our valuation experts. We focused 
on these key assumptions because small changes can have a material impact on the 
value in use assessment and any resultant impairment charge. We found, based on 
our audit work, that the key assumptions used by management were supportable 
and appropriate in light of the current environment.

Fair value less costs of disposal
Management has determined their own view of estimated rental values and yields 
for each store used in their calculation of market values. Management derived these 
assumptions having considered available information such as industry data on market 
conditions, purchase offers recently received for properties and information from an 
independent third party valuer. We evaluated management’s supporting information, 
including the third party valuation, and assessed this for reasonableness using our 
own Real Estate experts, with a particular focus on the assumptions and methodology 
used obtaining third party evidence and market data to corroborate the assumptions. 
We also evaluated the competency, qualifications, experience and objectivity of 
management’s property valuation experts and noted no issues. We determined that 
the valuations performed by management are reasonable.

In addition, we evaluated the adequacy of the disclosures made in note 3.3 of the 
financial statements, including those regarding the key assumptions and sensitivities 
to changes in such assumptions by comparing the disclosures against the requirements 
of IAS 36 ‘Impairment of assets’ and found them to be consistent.

Onerous lease provisions
Having considered the possibility of impairment in the value of freehold properties 
(see above), we also tested management’s calculations in respect of leasehold stores 
where the estimated future benefits are not expected to exceed the future lease 
commitments, resulting in an onerous lease. 

We obtained management’s onerous lease model, which includes all their leased stores, 
and tested the accuracy and completeness of key data by agreeing inputs such as 
individual store cash flows, store locations, which helps provide an insight into store 
profitability, and lease expiry dates for a sample of stores to the original signed lease 
agreements, noting no issues.

We evaluated the Group’s budgeting procedures (upon which forecasts are based) 
and assessed the principles of the Group’s discounted cash flow model, noting no 
exceptions. We tested the mathematical accuracy of the calculation derived from each 
forecast model and assessed key inputs in the calculations such as revenue growth and 
discount rate, by reference to management’s forecasts, analyst reports and our own 
Real Estate experts, with no issues noted. The discount rate used is consistent with 
the Group’s cost of debt and the requirements of IAS 37.

Onerous property commitments
In respect of onerous property commitments, we obtained management’s calculations 
and considered the accuracy of these provisions by performing recalculations 
and testing key inputs such as estimates of lease exit costs. We considered the 
completeness of these provisions by reviewing documentation in relation to these 
contracts. We found no issues in this area. 

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements49

Area of focus
Commercial income and promotional funding
Refer to note 1.1 (Accounting policies), page 59 (Critical accounting 
estimates and judgements) and notes 1.6,5.2,5.3 and 5.4.

Commercial income
The Group has two categories of commercial income: marketing and 
advertising funding and volume based rebates on purchases. 

Commercial income is recognised as a deduction from cost of sales and 
is earned over the period of the contractual agreements with individual 
suppliers, as disclosed in the Group’s accounting policy on page 60. The 
total income recognised in the income statement in a year is based on 
the expected entitlement earned up to the balance sheet date under 
each supplier agreement and requires management to apply judgement 
based on the contractual terms in place with each of its suppliers 
together with estimates of amounts the Group is entitled to where 
transactions span the financial period end. 

The relative level of judgement in each category of commercial income 
is considered below:

Commercial income – marketing and advertising funding 
This income is varied with regards to the nature and timing of the 
activity to which it relates, and is recognised in accordance with 
written agreements with suppliers. This income is based on specific 
agreements, and its recognition requires limited judgement or estimation 
by management in determining the amount that the Group is entitled 
to. Our focus was on assessing whether a written agreement for 
the marketing and advertising funding existed, whether the relevant 
marketing or advertising had taken place and whether the income 
recognised was recorded in the appropriate period. 

Commercial income – volume based rebates 
Volume based rebates are driven by the Group achieving purchase 
volume targets set by individual suppliers for specific products over 
a pre-determined period. There is therefore judgement involved 
in estimating the volume of purchases, particularly where rebate 
agreements span a financial period end. In order to narrow this 
judgement, management endeavours to structure agreements to 
coincide with the Group’s financial period end, thereby reducing or 
eliminating the degree of estimation. In instances where the rebate 
agreement does not fully coincide with the period end the key 
judgement that we focused on was the estimate of commercial income 
to be accrued at the period end. 

Promotional funding 
The Group separately recognises promotional funding on promotions 
that are partially funded by suppliers. 

Promotional funding is an automated deduction from cost of sales, 
triggered when a sale is recognised. The funding is recognised when the 
transaction occurs in accordance with the terms of supplier agreements. 
The amount receivable is wholly based on sales volumes achieved, 
multiplied by rates agreed with each supplier up-front. 

We focused on promotional funding because of the significance of 
the amounts to the Group’s gross profit, the significant number of 
transactions and agreements in place with suppliers covering a range of 
periods and the industry wide focus on this area of accounting. However 
we acknowledge that the level of judgement and subjectivity in the 
calculations is lower because of the level of automation. Our focus was 
on whether a written agreement for the promotional funding existed, 
whether the relevant promotion had taken place, and whether the 
funding recognised was recorded in the appropriate period.

How our audit addressed the area of focus
Our audit work in respect of commercial income and promotional funding comprised a 
combination of controls testing, substantive testing of a sample of income and funding 
recognised during the period, testing of amounts recognised in the balance sheet and 
an assessment of the Group’s disclosures in this area. Each element of our work is 
considered in more detail below. 

Controls testing 
Our controls work encompassed understanding, evaluating and testing management’s 
key controls in respect of the recognition of both commercial income and promotional 
funding. These key controls included the monitoring of invoices raised and the 
accuracy of confirmations from suppliers. We found no significant deficiencies in these 
key controls, and our testing of management’s key system controls contributed to our 
evidence in determining whether commercial income and promotional funding had 
been recorded appropriately and in the correct period. 

Income statement testing 
We requested confirmations directly from suppliers, in respect of a sample of 
commercial income and promotional funding. The confirmations received allowed us to 
evaluate whether commercial income or promotional funding had been appropriately 
recognised in the period, as well as assessing the validity of accruals made at the period 
end. We noted a small number of exceptions in our testing, which were manual input 
errors and not areas of judgement, and resulted in a £22,500 net over recognition of 
promotional funding (£31,700 of errors resulting in over recognition net of £9,200 errors 
resulting in under recognition). The net over recognition represented 0.02% of the total 
sample of invoices. 

We also analysed commercial income and promotional funding recognised each 
month and compared it to the previous period to identify whether there were any 
unusual trends in the amounts or timing of commercial income and promotional 
funding recognised in each period. We also considered management’s Key Performance 
Indicators in this analysis, including the aging profile of accrued and deferred income 
and levels of cash collection. No unusual trends were identified.

Balance sheet testing 
We wrote to a sample of suppliers, and obtained independent evidence of the value 
and timing of commercial income and promotional funding to evaluate whether it had 
been recognised in the correct period. We also agreed a sample of accrued income 
to evidence of post-year end cash receipt, or offset from trade creditors, where 
relevant. We performed cut-off procedures and credit note testing to provide further 
evidence to support the timing of the recognition of both commercial income and 
promotional funding. Cut-off work involved testing a sample of commercial income 
and promotional funding recognised both pre and post the period end and evaluating 
by reference to documentation from suppliers that the timing of recognition was 
appropriate. We found no issues as a result of our audit procedures.

Our credit note testing focused on credit notes raised after the period end in order 
to identify any instances of commercial income or promotional funding being 
subsequently reversed. We did not identify any exceptions from this work. We tested 
the recoverability of invoiced commercial income and promotional funding (unsettled 
balances included within trade debtors in note 5.3 to the financial statements and 
where the Group does not have the right of offset against trade creditors). This 
testing was performed by agreeing a sample to proof of settlement post year end. 
We assessed the ageing of both outstanding commercial income and promotional 
funding debtors together with understanding the details of any disputes, and obtained 
explanations from management to assess whether any provisions were appropriate. 
No exceptions were noted. 

Disclosures 
We read the disclosures within the Annual report in respect of commercial income 
and promotional funding and, based on our work, determined that they are consistent 
with accounting standards and the guidance on the reporting of complex supplier 
arrangements issued by the Financial Reporting Council.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1650

Independent auditors’ report to the members  
of Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC continued

Area of focus
Capitalisation and impairment of intangible assets
Refer to note 3.1 (Accounting policies) and page 59 (Critical accounting 
estimates and judgements). 

The Group balance sheet includes capitalised intangible assets of £483m, 
of which the majority relates to software development costs incurred 
in connection with the Group’s IT improvement programme, details 
of which are shown on page 71 of the Annual report. The Group has 
developed a significant amount of its own software and systems that is 
used in the business. 

We focused on this area because of the significance of the costs 
capitalised and the fact that there is judgement involved in assessing 
whether the criteria, set out in accounting standards, required for 
capitalisation of such costs have been met, including the likelihood of the 
project delivering sufficient future economic benefits. Where the costs 
incurred are internally generated (for example employee costs) there is 
further judgement required in the calculation, such as the accuracy of 
amount of time spent on the projects.

In light of the development of new software and systems, we also 
focused on whether the carrying value of existing capitalised software 
or systems was impaired.

How our audit addressed the area of focus
We tested a sample of costs capitalised in the period to assess whether these had 
been appropriately treated in line with the Group’s accounting policy and accounting 
standards, most notably IAS 38 ‘Intangible assets’. We met with management 
responsible for particular costs to obtain an understanding of the associated projects 
and to independently assess whether project costs met the criteria for capitalisation 
as set out in accounting standards. We found the explanations obtained from 
management to be consistent with our understanding of developments in the business 
and supported management’s assessment that the costs met the relevant capitalisation 
criteria. 

Where external third party contractors were used, we agreed the hours and charge out 
rates to the invoices issued by the contractor, and assessed whether the costs were 
directly related to a capital project, with no exceptions noted.

To determine whether internal employee costs were directly attributable to projects, 
we obtained listings of hours worked on individual projects for the employment costs 
capitalised. We selected a sample of the individual hours recorded and obtained an 
understanding of the work performed by the employee. We also checked that the 
hours charged equated to the value of costs capitalised by comparing the proportion 
of costs capitalised to the employee’s salary, without exception. 

We obtained management’s assessment as to whether the development of new 
software or systems superseded or impaired any of the existing assets on the balance 
sheet. We also applied our own understanding of both new and existing projects and 
considered whether, in our view, any existing software was no longer in use or whether 
its life had been shortened by development activity. We found no such items.

We re-visited the expected costs budgeted by management within the cost benefit 
analysis and compared them to actual outcomes in the current period and we assessed 
the future expected benefits of the projects, with no issues identified from our work. 

Overall we found that the costs capitalised were supportable and consistent with 
the requirements of accounting standards for capitalising such costs. No material 
impairment of the intangible assets was identified from our work.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements51

Area of focus
Stock valuation
Refer to note 5.1 (Accounting policies), page 59 (Critical accounting 
estimates and judgements) and note 5.2. 

The valuation of stock of £616m (2015: £658m) was focused on because 
of the nature of the judgements made by management when assessing 
the level of provisions required. As disclosed in note 5.1 to the financial 
statements, provisions are held against stock for estimated losses related 
to shrinkage and obsolescence as well as a deduction for unearned 
commercial income (as the stock related to that commercial income 
and promotional funding has yet to be sold). When the stock is sold the 
commercial income and/or promotional funding is recognised in the 
income statement. 

As stock is counted by the Group on a cyclical basis, rather than in full at 
the period end date, the shrinkage provision at 31 January 2016 contains a 
degree of estimation.

How our audit addressed the area of focus
We attended stock counts throughout the period at a sample of the Group’s 
supermarkets, distribution centres and manufacturing locations. In addition to 
performing sample test counts, we assessed the effectiveness of the count controls in 
operation at each site. We also evaluated the results of other cycle counts performed 
by management and third parties throughout the period to assess the level of count 
variances. We found no material variances or control deficiencies across these sites.

We tested management’s shrinkage assumptions determined by the count procedures 
and their comparison of this to historical data. The historical data included the results 
of the recent counts at each location, and our analytical procedures did not identify 
any significant unusual fluctuations in the data. 

The obsolescence provision is calculated by applying a judgemental percentage to the 
period end stock levels, with this judgement being informed by historical data on the 
levels of obsolescence as well as management’s view of the current stock profile and 
age. We considered this provision by assessing the accuracy of the historical data versus 
actual outcomes, and assessing the explanations provided by management on the 
current profile and age, noting no issues.

We tested the unearned commercial income deduction by performing a recalculation 
using the profile of period end stock and the trends of commercial income historically 
received, with no issues noted.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, 
taking into account the geographic structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which the Group operates. 
Taken together, the territories and functions where we performed our work accounted for 99% of Group revenues.

The Group’s accounting process is structured around a group finance function at its head office in Bradford. Within the head office, supporting 
finance functions exist for each of the key business operating areas (Group, Supermarkets (including Manufacturing) and Property), and these report 
to the group finance team as appropriate. The Group also maintains local finance teams at each of its key manufacturing sites. Other than group 
reporting from a component audit team from a PwC member firm in the Isle of Man auditing specific account balances within Farock Insurance 
Company Limited, and from a PwC component team from the UK firm auditing the complete financial information of a UK Manufacturing subsidiary, 
Wm Produce Limited, both of which operated under our instructions, all work was conducted in the UK by the same Group audit team.

Where the work was performed by the component auditors, we determined the level of involvement we needed to have in their audit work to be 
able to conclude whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the Group financial statements as 
a whole. As part of our year end audit procedures, we held detailed discussions with the Isle of Man and UK Manufacturing component audit teams, 
including holding a detailed planning meeting with them and attending the audit clearance meeting with management by conference call (Isle of Man) 
or in person (UK Manufacturing).

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1652

Independent auditors’ report to the members  
of Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC continued

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with 
qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual 
financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and on the financial statements 
as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall group materiality
How we determined it
Rationale for benchmark applied

£12m (2015: £17.25m).
5% of Underlying profit before tax.
Consistent with last year, we applied this benchmark because, in our view, this is the most relevant metric 
against which the performance of the Group is most commonly measured. Underlying profit is defined by 
management as profit before impairment, onerous lease provisions and other similar items that do not relate 
to the Group’s principal activities on an ongoing basis, profit/loss arising on disposal and exit of properties and 
sale of businesses and IAS 19 pension interest, at a normalised tax rate, as reconciled in note 1.4 of the Group 
financial statements. 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £600,000 (2015: £875,000) as well 
as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Going concern
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the Directors’ statement, set out on page 44, in relation to going concern. We have nothing to report 
having performed our review. 

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if we have anything material to add or to draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ 
statement about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. We have nothing 
material to add or to draw attention to. 

As noted in the Directors’ statement, the Directors have concluded that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial 
statements. The going concern basis presumes that the Group and Company have adequate resources to remain in operation, and that the Directors 
intend them to do so, for at least one year from the date the financial statements were signed. As part of our audit we have concluded that the 
Directors’ use of the going concern basis is appropriate. However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, these statements 
are not a guarantee as to the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Other required reporting

Consistency of other information
Companies Act 2006 opinions
In our opinion:

•  the information given in the Strategic report (on pages 2 to 21) and the Directors’ report (on pages 44 to 46) for the financial period for which 

the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the information given in the Corporate governance statement set out on pages 22 to 32 with respect to internal control and risk management 

systems and about share capital structures is consistent with the financial statements.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements53

ISAs (UK & Ireland) reporting

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  information in the Annual report is:

 – materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or
 – apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group and Company 

acquired in the course of performing our audit; or

 – otherwise misleading.

•  the statement given by the Directors on page 46, in accordance with provision C.1.1 of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the “Code”), that they consider the Annual report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for members to assess the Group’s and company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the Group and Company acquired in the 
course of performing our audit.

We have no 
exceptions to report.

We have no 
exceptions to report.

•  the section of the Annual report on page 28, as required by provision C.3.8 of the Code, describing the work of the 

Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

We have no 
exceptions to report.

The Directors’ assessment of the prospects of the Group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency 
or liquidity of the Group
Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if we have anything material to add or to draw attention to in relation to:
•  the Directors’ confirmation on page 17 of the Annual report, in accordance with provision C.2.1 of the Code, that they 
have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its 
business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

•  the disclosures in the Annual report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated.

•  the Directors’ explanation on page 19 of the Annual report, in accordance with provision C.2.2 of the Code, as to how 

they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that period 
to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related 
disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the Directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks 
facing the Group and the Directors’ statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the Group. Our review was substantially less in scope than 
an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the Directors’ process supporting their statements; checking that the statements 
are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the Code; and considering whether the statements are consistent with the knowledge acquired 
by us in the course of performing our audit. We have nothing to report having performed our review.

Adequacy of accounting records and information and explanations received
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not 

visited by us; or

•  the Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting 

records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

We have nothing 
material to add or 
to draw attention to.
We have nothing 
material to add or 
to draw attention to.
We have nothing 
material to add or 
to draw attention to.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1654

Independent auditors’ report to the members  
of Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC continued

Directors’ remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report – Companies Act 2006 opinion
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are 
not made. We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Corporate governance statement
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, a corporate governance statement has not been prepared by the 
Company. We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the part of the Corporate governance statement relating to ten further provisions of the Code. 
We have nothing to report having performed our review.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit

Our responsibilities and those of the Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 46, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and ISAs (UK & Ireland). 
Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 
of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose 
or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

What an audit of financial statements involves
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the 
financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: 

•  whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s and the Company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and 

adequately disclosed; 

•  the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and
•  the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We primarily focus our work in these areas by assessing the Directors’ judgements against available evidence, forming our own judgements, 
and evaluating the disclosures in the financial statements.

We test and examine information, using sampling and other auditing techniques, to the extent we consider necessary to provide a reasonable basis for 
us to draw conclusions. We obtain audit evidence through testing the effectiveness of controls, substantive procedures or a combination of both. 

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual report to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial 
statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by 
us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications 
for our report.

Andrew Paynter (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Leeds
9 March 2016

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statementsConsolidated statement of comprehensive income
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Other operating income

Profit on disposal and exit of properties and sale of businesses

Administrative expenses

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance costs

Finance income

Share of profit of joint venture (net of tax)

Profit/(loss) before taxation

Analysed as:

Underlying profit before tax

Adjustments for:

Impairment and provision for onerous contracts

Profit/loss on disposal and exit of properties

Pension scheme set-up costs

(Loss)/profit on disposal of businesses

Net pension interest income

Taxation

Profit/(loss) for the period attributable to the owners of the Company

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

Remeasurement of defined benefit pension schemes

Tax on defined benefit pension schemes

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Cash flow hedging movement

Tax on cash flow hedging movement

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive income /(expense) for the period attributable to the owners of the Company

Earnings per share (pence) 

– basic

– diluted

Note

1.2

1.4, 4.5

1.6

6.2

6.2

4.2

1.4

1.4

1.4, 8.7

1.4, 4.5

1.4, 8.2

2.2

8.2

2.3

2.3

1.5

1.5

55

2016 
£m

16,122

(15,505)

2015 
£m

16,816

(16,055)

617

72

97

(472)

314

(112)

13

2

217

242

(87)

131

44

(35)

(34)

–

217

5

222

236

(47)

189

16

(4)

1

13

202

424

9.51

9.47

761

78

135

(1,670)

(696)

(105)

7

2

(792)

345

(1,273)

131

(1,142)

–

4

1

(792)

31

(761)

(31)

6

(25)

(9)

2

–

(7)

(32)

(793)

(32.63)

(32.63)

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1656

Consolidated balance sheet
31 January 2016

Assets
Non-current assets
Goodwill and intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property
Net pension asset
Investment in joint venture
Investments
Derivative financial assets

Current assets
Stock
Debtors
Derivative financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Non-current assets classified as held-for-sale

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Creditors
Short term borrowings
Derivative financial liabilities
Current tax liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative financial liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Net pension liabilities
Provisions

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital
Share premium
Capital redemption reserve
Merger reserve
Retained earnings and hedging reserve
Total equity attributable to the owners of the Company

Note

2016 
£m

2015 
£m

3.2

3.3

3.5

8.2

4.2

4.3

7.3

5.2

5.3

7.3

6.4

3.4

5.4

6.3

7.3

6.3

7.3

2.3

8.2

5.5

6.5

6.5

6.6

6.6

6.6

483
7,161
37
186
63
31
30
7,991

616
192
12
488
1,308
–
1,308

(2,518)
(201)
(17)
(11)
(2,747)

(2,003)
(55)
(429)
–
(309)
(2,796)
3,756

234
127
39
2,578
778
3,756

520
7,252
68
4
68
31
–
7,943

658
239
6
241
1,144
84
1,228

(2,221)
(11)
(18)
(23)
(2,273)

(2,508)
(50)
(415)
(43)
(288)
(3,304)
3,594

234
127
39
2,578
616
3,594

The notes on pages 60 to 97 form part of these financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 55 to 97 were approved by the Board of Directors on 9 March 2016 and were signed on its behalf by:

Trevor Strain
Chief Financial Officer

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Consolidated cash flow statement
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Interest paid
Taxation (paid)/received
Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Interest received
Dividends received from joint venture
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from the sale of businesses
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and investment property 
Purchase of intangible assets
Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Purchase of shares in subsidiary
Purchase of own shares for trust 
New borrowings
Net repayment of revolving credit facility
Repayment of other borrowings
Dividends paid
Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at start of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt in the period

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash outflow from decrease in debt
Cash inflow from increase in borrowings
Non-cash movements
Opening net debt
Closing net debt

57

2015 
£m

970
(106)
10
874

4
–
448
2
(385)
(135)
(66)

–
(8)
296
(256)
(550)
(308)
(826)

(18)
258
240

2015 
£m
(18)
806
(296)
(15)
(2,817)
(2,340)

Note

5.6

10.1

4.5

4.4

6.5

1.8

6.4

Note

6.4

2016 
£m

1,026
(99)
(41)
886

4
8
300
20
(266)
(99)
(33)

(3)
(13)
–
(320)
(10)
(260)
(606)

247
240
487

2016 
£m
247
330
–
17
(2,340)
(1,746)

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1658

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

Current period 

At 2 February 2015
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income/(expense):

Cash flow hedging movement
Exchange differences on translation of foreign 
operations
Pension remeasurement
Tax in relation to components of other 
comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period
Purchase of trust shares
Employee share option schemes:

Share-based payments

Dividends
Total transactions with owners
At 31 January 2016

Prior period 
At 3 February 2014
Loss for the period
Other comprehensive (expense)/income:

Cash flow hedging movement
Pension remeasurement
Tax in relation to components of other 
comprehensive income

Total comprehensive expense for the period
Purchase of trust shares
Employee share option schemes:

Share-based payments

Dividends
Total transactions with owners
At 1 February 2015

Note

Share 
capital
£m

Share 
premium
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m

Merger  
reserve
£m

Hedging 
reserve
£m

Retained 
earnings
£m

Total  
equity
£m

Attributable to the owners of the Company

234
–

127
–

–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
234

–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
127

39
–

–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
39

8.2

2.3

6.5

1.7

1.8

Note

Share 
capital
£m

Share 
premium
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m

234
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
234

127
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
127

8.2

2.3

6.5

1.7

1.8

39
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
39

2,578
–

–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
2,578

Merger  
reserve
£m

2,578
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
2,578

(22)
–

16

–
–

(4)
12
–

–
–
–
(10)

638
222

–

1
236

(47)
412
(13)

11
(260)
(262)
788

3,594
222

16

1
236

(51)
424
(13)

11
(260)
(262)
3,756

Attributable to the owners of the Company

Hedging 
reserve
£m

Retained 
earnings
£m

(15)
–

(9)
–

2
(7)
–

–
–
–
(22)

1,729
(761)

–
(31)

6
(786)
(8)

11
(308)
(305)
638

Total  
equity
£m

4,692
(761)

(9)
(31)

8
(793)
(8)

11
(308)
(305)
3,594

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements 59

General information

Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries (including partnerships) are all entities over which the Group 
has control. The Group controls an entity when it has power over an 
entity, is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement 
with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its 
power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date 
on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated 
from the date the control ceases. The financial statements of subsidiaries 
used in the consolidation are prepared for the same reporting period 
as the parent Company and are based on consistent accounting policies. 
Intra-group balances and any unrealised gains and losses or income 
and expenses arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated 
on consolidation. 

As described in note 4.5 the Group disposed of its investment in 
Wm Morrison Convenience Stores Limited on 26 October 2015. 
This subsidiary has been deconsolidated from that date.

Foreign currencies 
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rates of exchange 
at the dates of the transactions. At each balance sheet date, monetary 
assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currency are 
retranslated at the rates of exchange at the balance sheet date. Gains and 
losses arising on retranslation are included in the income statement for 
the period.

Critical accounting judgements and estimates 
The judgements that have the most significant effect on the amounts 
recognised in these financial statements, and sources of estimation 
uncertainty that have a significant risk of resulting in material adjustment 
to carrying amounts in the next financial year, are:

•  Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 

and onerous property commitments (note 1.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 5.5);

•  Commercial income (note 1.1, 1.6, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4);
•  IT and intangible assets (note 3.2); and
•  Stock (note 5.1, 5.2).
These are also described within the Corporate governance report 
on pages 29 to 30. 

Company information
Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC is a public limited company incorporated 
in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006 (Registration 
number 358949). The Company is domiciled in the United Kingdom and 
its registered address is Hilmore House, Gain Lane, Bradford, BD3 7DL, 
United Kingdom.

Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared for the 52 weeks ended 
31 January 2016 (2015: 52 weeks ended 1 February 2015) in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and International 
Financial Reporting Standards Interpretation Committee (IFRS IC) 
interpretations as adopted by the European Union and with those parts 
of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under 
IFRS. IFRS and IFRS IC interpretations are issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (the IASB) and must be adopted into 
European Union law, referred to as endorsement, before they become 
mandatory under the IAS Regulation. 

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. 

The financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, rounded to the 
nearest million, except in some instances, where it is deemed relevant to 
disclose the amounts up to two decimal places. They are drawn up on the 
historical cost basis of accounting, except as disclosed in the accounting 
policies set out within these financial statements. 

The Group’s accounting policies have, unless otherwise stated, been 
applied consistently to all periods presented in these financial statements.

Accounting reference date
The accounting period of the Group ends on the Sunday falling between 
29 January and 4 February each year.

New IFRS and amendments to IAS and interpretations
The following amendments to standards are mandatory for the first time 
for the 52 weeks ended 31 January 2016:

•  IFRIC 21, ‘Levies’;
•  Improvements 2011-13;
•  Improvements 2010-12; and
•  Amendment to IAS 19: Defined benefit plans: Employee contributions.
There are a number of standards and interpretations issued by the IASB 
that are effective for financial statements after this reporting period, 
including IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’ and IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from 
contracts with customers’, both of which are effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2018, and IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ which is effective 
for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. 

The Group is in the process of assessing the impact that the application 
of these standards and interpretations will have on the Group’s 
financial statements.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1660

Notes to the Group financial statements
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

1 Performance in the period

1.1 Accounting policies
Revenue recognition
Sale of goods in-store and online, and fuel
Revenue from the sale of goods in-store and online comprises cash from customers and excludes VAT. It is net of returns, colleague discounts, 
coupons, vouchers, ‘Match & More’ points earned in-store and online, and the free element of multi-save transactions. Sale of fuel is recognised net 
of VAT and ‘Match & More’ points earned on fuel. Revenue is recognised when transactions are completed in-store, or, in the case of food online, 
when goods are accepted by the customer on delivery. 

Other revenue
Other revenue includes income from concessions and commissions based on the terms of the contract, and manufacturing sales made direct to 
third party customers recognised on despatch of goods. Revenue collected on behalf of others is not recognised as revenue, other than the related 
commission. Sales are recorded net of VAT and intra-group transactions.

‘Match & More’ and other initiatives
The fair value of ‘Match & More’ points and other initiatives is determined to be the value to the customer of the points issued, adjusted for factors 
such as the expected redemption rate. ‘Match & More’ was launched in the prior year and the mechanism by which customers accrue points was 
adjusted during the year. The Group will continue to assess the appropriateness of the expected redemption rates against actual redemptions. 

The fair value is treated as a deduction from revenue at the time the points are issued, and is deferred until the rewards are redeemed by the customer 
in a future sale.

Cost of sales
Cost of sales consists of all costs of the goods being sold to the point of sale, net of promotional funding and commercial income, and includes 
property, manufacturing, warehouse and transportation costs. Store depreciation, store overheads and store-based employee costs are also allocated 
to cost of sales.

Promotional funding 
Promotional funding refers to investment in the customer offer by suppliers by way of promotion. The calculation of funding is mechanical and system 
generated based on a funding level agreed in advance with the supplier. Funding is recognised as units are sold and invoiced in accordance with the 
specific supplier agreement. Funding is recorded effectively as a direct adjustment to the cost price of the product in the period. Funding is invoiced 
and collected through the year, shortly after the promotions have ended.

Commercial income
Commercial income is recognised as a deduction from cost of sales, based on the expected entitlement that has been earned up to the balance sheet 
date for each relevant supplier contract. The Group only recognises commercial income where there is documented evidence of an agreement with 
an individual supplier and when associated performance conditions are met.

The types of commercial income recognised by the Group, and the recognition policies are:

Type of commercial income
Marketing and 
advertising funding

Description
Examples include income in respect 
of in-store marketing and point of 
sale, as well as funding for advertising.
Volume-based rebates Income earned by achieving volume 

or spend targets set by the supplier for 
specific products over specific periods.

Recognition
Income is recognised over the period as set out in the specific supplier agreement. 
Income is invoiced once the performance conditions in the supplier agreement 
have been achieved.
Income is recognised through the year based on forecasts for expected sales or 
purchase volumes, informed by current performance, trends, and the terms of the 
supplier agreement. Income is invoiced throughout the year in accordance with 
the specific supplier terms. In order to minimise any risk arising from estimation, 
supplier confirmations are also obtained to agree the final value to be recognised 
at year end, prior to it being invoiced.

Uncollected commercial income at the balance sheet date is classified within the financial statements as follows:

•  Creditors: A large proportion of the Group’s trading terms state that income due from suppliers is netted against amounts owing to that supplier. 

Any outstanding invoiced commercial income relating to these suppliers at the balance sheet date are included within trade payables. Any amounts 
received in advance of income being recognised are included in accruals and deferred income.

•  Debtors: Where the trading terms described above do not exist, the Group classifies outstanding commercial income within trade debtors. 

Where commercial income is earned and not invoiced to the supplier at the balance sheet date, this is classified within accrued commercial income.
•  Stock: The carrying value of stock is adjusted to reflect unearned elements of commercial income as the stock has not yet been sold. This income 

is subsequently recognised in cost of sales when the product has been sold.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements 61

1 Performance in the period continued

1.1 Accounting policies continued
In order to provide users of the accounts with greater understanding in this area, additional income statement and balance sheet disclosure is provided 
in notes 1.6, 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4 to the financial statements.

Other operating income
Other operating income primarily consists of income not directly related to in-store and online grocery retailing and mainly comprises rental income 
from investment properties and income generated from recycling of packaging. 

Profit/loss on disposal and exit of properties
Profit/loss from the disposal and exit of properties includes gains and losses on disposal of property assets and other costs incurred by the Group 
following a decision to dispose, close or no longer purchase properties. Where the Group disposes of a property, this disposal transaction is accounted 
for upon unconditional exchange of contracts. Gains and losses are determined by comparing sale proceeds with the asset’s carrying amount and are 
presented net of costs associated with disposal.

1.2 Revenue analysis

Sale of goods in stores and online
Fuel
Total store-based and online sales
Other sales
Total revenue

Like-for-like 
sales
£m
12,631
3,109
15,740
–
15,740

Other
£m
180
15
195
187
382

2016 
Total 
£m
12,811
3,124
15,935
187
16,122

2015 
Total 
£m
12,999
3,576
16,575
241
16,816

1.3 Segmental reporting
The Group’s principal activity is that of retailing, derived solely from the UK. The Group is not reliant on any major customer for 1% or more of revenues.

The Group is required to determine and present its operating segments based on the way in which financial information is organised and reported to 
the chief operating decision-maker (CODM). The CODM has been identified as the Executive Committee as they make the key operating decisions of 
the Group and are responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance. The Executive Committee has replaced the previous Management 
Board and the information received by, and the accountability of, the Executive Committee is consistent with the previous Management Board.

Key internal reports received by the CODM, primarily the management accounts, focus on the performance of the Group as a whole. The operations 
of all elements of the business are driven by the retail sales environment and hence have fundamentally the same economic characteristics. 
All operational decisions made are focused on the performance and growth of the retail outlets and the ability of the business to meet the supply 
demands of the stores. 

The Group has considered the overriding core principles of IFRS 8 ‘Operating segments’ as well as its internal reporting framework, management and 
operating structure. In particular, the Group considered its retail outlets, the fuel sale operation, the manufacturing entities and online operations. 
The Directors’ conclusion is that the Group has one operating segment, that of retailing. 

Reconciliations of reportable segment revenues, profit or loss, assets and liabilities and other material items
Performance is measured by the CODM based on underlying profit before tax as reported in the management accounts. Management believes that 
this underlying profit measure is the most relevant in evaluating the results of the Group. This information and the reconciliation to the statutory 
position can be found in note 1.4. In addition, the management accounts present a Group balance sheet containing assets and liabilities. This balance 
sheet is included in the Consolidated balance sheet.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1662

1 Performance in the period continued

1.4 Underlying profit
The definition of underlying profit is consistent with the prior year. 

The Directors consider that the underlying profit and underlying adjusted earnings per share measures referred to in the results provide useful 
information for shareholders on underlying trends and performance. The adjustments are made to reported profit/loss to: (a) remove impairment, 
provision for onerous contracts, or other items that do not relate to the Group’s principal activities on an ongoing basis; (b) remove profit/loss arising 
on disposal and exit of properties and sale of businesses; (c) apply a normalised tax rate of 25.3% (2015: 26.1%); and (d) remove the impact of pension 
interest volatility. 

Profit/(loss) after tax
Add back: tax credit for the period1
Profit/(loss) before tax
Adjustments for:

Impairment and provision for onerous contracts1
Profit/loss arising on disposal and exit of properties1

Loss on disposal of convenience business (note 4.5)1
Pension scheme set-up costs (note 8.7)1
Profit on disposal of Kiddicare.com Limited (note 4.5)1
Net pension interest income (note 8.2)1
Underlying profit before tax
Normalised tax charge at 25.3% (2015: 26.1%)1

Underlying profit after tax 
Underlying earnings per share (pence)
– basic (note 1.5.2)
– diluted (note 1.5.2)
1   Adjustments marked1 decrease post-tax underlying earnings by £41m (2015: increase of £1,016m), as shown in the reconciliation of earnings disclosed in note 1.5.2. 

2016 
£m
222
(5)
217

87
(131)
(44)
34
35
–
–
242
(61)

181

7.77
7.73

2015 
£m
(761)
(31)
(792)

1,273
(131)
1,142
–
–
(4)
(1)
345
(90)

255

10.93
10.89

Underlying profit before tax includes £60m (2015: £68m) relating to restructuring one-off costs. When adjusted to exclude these items, underlying profit 
before restructuring costs and tax is £302m (2015: £413m).

Net profit on property is £44m (2015: loss of £1,142m). This includes profits arising on disposal of properties amounting to £131m (2015: £131m). 
Following our continued review of the Group’s store opening programme, this profit has been offset by an additional charge of £87m for 
changes in estimates related to provisions for stores in the new space pipeline. 2015 included a charge of £1,273m for impairment and provision 
for onerous contracts.

The adjustments above are classified within the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income on the following lines:

•  impairment and onerous lease provisions adjustment has been included within administrative expenses;
•  profit arising on disposal and exit of properties, profit on disposal of Kiddicare.com Limited and loss on disposal of convenience business are 

classified within profit arising on disposal and exit of properties and sale of businesses; 

•  pension scheme set-up costs are classified within administrative expenses; and
•  net pension interest income is classified within finance income.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 201663

1 Performance in the period continued

1.4 Underlying profit continued
2015/16 Impairment and provision for onerous contracts
Impairment and onerous lease provisions charge for the period of £87m includes £52m relating to onerous leases and £35m in relation to onerous 
commitments for changes in estimates related to provisions for stores in the new space pipeline. No impairment has been recognised during 
the period.

2014/15 Impairment and provision for onerous contracts
Impairment and onerous lease provisions in 2014/15 consisted of £1,273m in relation to trading stores, of which £1,116m related to impairment, 
£118m to onerous lease provisions, £30m to onerous commitments and £9m to lease premiums.

1.5 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares in issue during the period. For diluted EPS, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all 
potentially dilutive ordinary shares. 

The Company has two (2015: two) classes of instrument that are potentially dilutive: those share options granted to employees where the exercise price 
is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the period and contingently issuable shares under the Group’s long term 
incentive plans (LTIP).

1.5.1 Basic and diluted EPS (unadjusted)
Reconciliations of the earnings and weighted average number of shares used in the calculations are set out below:

Unadjusted EPS
Basic EPS
Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders
Effect of dilutive instruments
Share options and LTIPs1
Diluted EPS
1 

Earnings 
£m

Weighted average 
number of shares 
millions

2016

EPS
 pence

Earnings 
£m

Weighted average 
number of shares 
millions

221.8

–
221.8

2,332.5

9.0
2,341.5

9.51

(761.2)

2,332.5

(0.04)
9.47

–
(761.2)

–
2,332.5

2015

EPS
 pence

(32.63)

–
(32.63)

 In the period ended 1 February 2015, the effect of dilutive instruments would improve basic EPS as total earnings was a loss of £761m. Diluted EPS cannot exceed basic EPS, therefore the diluted EPS 
disclosed above in 2015 was adjusted so that it equated to basic EPS.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1664

1 Performance in the period continued

1.5 Earnings per share continued
1.5.2 Underlying EPS
Basic EPS is adjusted to more accurately show underlying business performance. The reconciliation of the earnings used in the calculations 
of underlying earnings per share is set out below:

Underlying EPS
Basic EPS
Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders
Adjustments to determine underlying profit  
(note 1.4) 

Effect of dilutive instruments
Share options and LTIPs
Diluted EPS

1.6 Operating profit/(loss)

Earnings 
£m

Weighted average 
number of shares 
millions

221.8

2,332.5

(40.6)
181.2

–
181.2

–
2,332.5

9.0
2,341.5

2016

EPS
 pence

9.51

(1.74)
7.77

(0.04)
7.73

Earnings 
£m

Weighted average 
number of shares 
millions

2015

EPS
 pence

(761.2)

2,332.5

(32.63)

1,016.2
255.0

–
255.0

–
2,332.5

9.0
2,341.5

43.56
10.93

(0.04)
10.89

The following items have been included in arriving at operating profit/(loss):
Employee costs (note 1.7)
Depreciation and impairment:
– Property, plant and equipment (note 3.3)
– Investment property (note 3.5)
– Impairment of property, plant and equipment (note 3.3)
Amortisation and impairment (note 3.2)
– Intangible assets
– Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
Operating lease rentals:
– Land and buildings
– Other
– Sublease receipts
Value of stock expensed

2016 
£m

2015 
£m

1,944

1,970

286
2
–

96
–

99
17
(6)
12,321

315
2
1,113

70
3

87
16
(6)
12,875

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 201665

1 Performance in the period continued

1.6 Operating profit/(loss) continued

Value of stock expensed
In order to provide context on commercial income earned in the period, each is shown below as a percentage of the value of stock expensed (VSE) 
before commercial income is deducted. 

Commercial income
Marketing and advertising funding
Volume-based rebates
Total commercial income

For additional disclosure see notes 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4.

£m

260
143
403

2016

% of VSE

2.1
1.1
3.2

Auditor remuneration
During the period PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Group’s auditor, provided the following services:

Audit services
Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for the audit of the Group and the Company financial statements
Other services
Fees payable to the Group’s auditor and its associates for other services:
– the audit of the Group’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
– services relating to taxation
– other services

£m

291
134
425

2016 
£m

0.4

0.2
–
0.4
1.0

The Board has a policy on the engagement of the external auditor to supply non-audit services, which is available in the Corporate governance 
compliance statement set out in the investor relations section of the Group’s website at www.morrisons-corporate.com.

1.7 Employees and Directors

Employee benefit expense for the Group during the period
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Share-based payments 
Other pension costs

2016 
£m

1,728
116
11
89
1,944

2015

% of VSE

2.2
1.0
3.2

2015 
£m

0.4

0.2
–
0.3
0.9

2015 
£m

1,755
118
11
86
1,970

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1666

1 Performance in the period continued

1.7 Employees and Directors continued

Average monthly number of people, including Directors
Stores
Manufacturing
Distribution
Centre

2016 
No.

2015 
No.

105,024
8,033
5,582
2,274
120,913

104,047
7,497
5,731
2,503
119,778

Directors’ remuneration
A detailed analysis of Directors’ remuneration, including salaries, bonuses and long term incentives, and the highest paid Director, is provided 
in the Single total figure of remuneration table in the audited section of the Directors’ remuneration report, which forms part of these financial 
statements (page 38). There are no Executive Directors (2015: none) who have retirement benefits accruing under any of the Group’s defined 
benefit pension schemes.

Senior management remuneration
The table below shows the remuneration of senior managers. It excludes colleagues already included in the Directors’ remuneration report. 
Senior managers are considered to be key management personnel in accordance with the requirements of IAS 24 ‘Related party disclosures’, and in the 
context of gender disclosures required by the Companies Act 2006.

Senior managers
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Share-based payments
Other pension costs

1.8 Dividends
Amounts recognised as distributed to equity holders in the period:

Interim dividend for the period ended 31 January 2016 of 1.50p (2015: 4.03p)
Final dividend for the period ended 1 February 2015 of 9.62p (2015: 9.16p)

2016 
£m

34
4
4
2
44

2016 
£m
35
225
260

2015 
£m

37
5
2
2
46

2015 
£m
94
214
308

The Directors propose a final dividend in respect of the financial period ending 31 January 2016 of 3.50p per share which will absorb an estimated £82m 
of shareholders’ funds. Subject to approval at the AGM, it will be paid on 15 June 2016 to shareholders who are on the register on 13 May 2016. 

The dividends paid and proposed during the year are from cumulative realised distributable reserves of Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 201667

2 Taxation

The focus of the Group’s approach to tax affairs is to ensure compliance with the relevant laws of the territories in which the Group operates. 
Almost all of the Group’s stores and sales are in the UK, therefore the majority of taxes are paid in the UK. 

The Group takes a compliance-focused approach to its tax affairs, and has a transparent relationship with the UK and overseas tax authorities 
and interacts with HMRC on a regular basis. The Group’s tax policy provides a governance framework with all related risks and stakeholder interests 
taken into consideration. The tax policy is approved by the Board, with updates on tax compliance and governance matters being provided to the 
Audit Committee. 

The Group operates a small number of branches and subsidiary companies outside of the UK based in the following overseas jurisdictions:

•  The Netherlands: The Group has operations in the Netherlands as part of its produce supply chain. Local corporation taxes of £1.0m were paid 

during 2016 (2015: £1.9m);

•  Hong Kong: Offices in Hong Kong were established in 2011 and source many of the Group’s non-food products. Local corporation taxes of £0.3m 

were paid during 2016 (2015: £0.4m); and

•  Isle of Man, Jersey and Guernsey: The Group’s insurance company is based in the Isle of Man for regulatory reasons, and property assets with a net 
book value of £38m are held in Jersey and Guernsey as a result of historic acquisitions. All profits in each of these jurisdictions are subject to UK tax.

2.1 Accounting policies
Current tax
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws in effect during the period and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous 
periods. Taxable profit differs from the reported profit for the period as it is adjusted both for items that will never be taxable or deductible, and temporary 
differences. Current tax is charged to profit or loss for the period, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly in other comprehensive income 
or equity, in which case the current tax is reflected in other comprehensive income or equity as appropriate.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised using the balance sheet method. Provision is made for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. No deferred tax is recognised for temporary differences that 
arise on the initial recognition of goodwill or the initial recognition of assets and liabilities that are not a business combination and that affects neither 
accounting nor taxable profits. 

Deferred tax is calculated based on tax law that is enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and provided at rates expected to apply when the 
temporary differences reverse. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit for the period except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to other 
comprehensive income or equity, in which case the deferred tax is reflected in other comprehensive income or equity as appropriate.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the asset can be utilised. 
Deferred tax assets recognised are reviewed at each reporting date as judgement is required to estimate the availability of future taxable income. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where amounts will be settled on a net basis as there is a legally enforceable right to offset.

Accruals for tax contingencies require management to make judgements and estimates of the probable outcome of tax compliance issues. All accruals 
are included in current liabilities.

2.2 Taxation
2.2.1 Analysis of credit in the period

Current tax
– UK corporation tax
– overseas tax
– adjustments in respect of prior periods

Deferred tax
– origination and reversal of timing differences
– adjustments in respect of prior periods
– impact of change in tax rate

Tax credit for the period

2016 
£m

35
5
(8)
32

15
(8)
(44)
(37)
(5)

2015 
£m

71
4
(99)
(24)

1
(8)
–
(7)
(31)

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1668

2 Taxation continued

2.2 Taxation continued
2.2.2 Tax on items charged in other comprehensive expense and equity

Remeasurements arising in the pension scheme
Cash flow hedges
Total tax on items included in other comprehensive income and equity

Analysis of items charged to other comprehensive income and equity:
Deferred tax (note 2.3)

2016 
£m
47
4
51

51

2.2.3 Tax reconciliation
The reconciliation below shows how the tax credit of £5m (2015: £31m) has arisen on profit before tax of £217m (2015: loss before tax of £792m).

The tax for the period is lower (2015: higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 20.2% (2015: 21.3%). The differences are 
explained below:

Profit/(loss) before taxation
Profit/(loss) before taxation at 20.2% (2015: 21.3%)
Effects of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Disallowed depreciation on UK properties
Deferred tax on Safeway acquisition assets
Profit on property transactions
Loss on disposal of business
Impairment not deductible for tax
Effect of change in tax rate 
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
Tax credit for the period

2016 
£m
217
44

–
24
(5)
(14)
6
–
(44)
(16)
(5)

2015 
£m
(6)
(2)
(8)

(8)

2015 
£m
(792)
(169)

3
28
(22)
(2)
–
238
–
(107)
(31)

Factors affecting current and future tax charges
Legislation to reduce the standard rate of corporation tax from 20% to 19% from 1 April 2017 and to 18% from 1 April 2020 was included in the 
Summer Finance Bill 2015 and was enacted in the period. Accordingly, deferred tax has been provided at 20%, 19% or 18% depending upon when 
the temporary difference is expected to reverse (2015: 20%).

The reduction in tax rate at which deferred tax is provided has reduced the Group’s deferred tax liabilities by £44m, resulting in a credit of £44m being 
recognised in the profit and loss account.

There have been no indications of any further changes to the rate of corporation tax after 1 April 2020.

2.3 Deferred tax

Deferred tax liability
Deferred tax asset
Net deferred tax liability

2016 
£m
(429)
–
(429)

2015 
£m
(428)
13
(415)

IAS 12 ‘Income taxes’ permits the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction. All of the deferred tax assets are available for offset against 
deferred tax liabilities.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 20162 Taxation continued

2.3 Deferred tax continued
The movements in deferred tax (liabilities)/assets during the period are shown below:

Current period
At 2 February 2015
Credited/(charged) to profit for the period
Charged to other comprehensive income and equity
At 31 January 2016

Prior period
At 3 February 2014
Credited/(charged) to loss for the period
Credited to other comprehensive income and equity
At 1 February 2015

The analysis of net deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

Net deferred tax liabilities to be settled after more than 12 months
Net deferred tax liabilities to be settled within 12 months

3 Operating assets

Property,  
plant and  
equipment  
£m

Pensions 
£m

Other 
short term 
temporary 
differences 
£m

(428)
36
–
(392)

(456)
28
–
(428)

8
6
(47)
(33)

2
–
6
8

5
(5)
(4)
(4)

24
(21)
2
5

2016 
£m
(427)
(2)
(429)

69

Total 
£m

(415)
37
(51)
(429)

(430)
7
8
(415)

2015 
£m
(358)
(57)
(415)

3.1 Accounting policies 
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on a business combination is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if there are 
indicators that it may be impaired. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units that will benefit from the synergies of the business combination 
for the purpose of impairment testing. 

Brands
Brands acquired through a business combination are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date and amortised to profit or loss on a 
straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic life. During the prior year the Group disposed of £15m of fully written down brands relating 
to Kiddicare.

Software development costs
Costs that are directly attributable to the creation of identifiable software, which meet the development asset recognition criteria as laid out in IAS 38 
‘Intangible assets’ are recognised as intangible assets. 

Direct costs include consultancy costs, the employment costs of internal software developers, and borrowing costs. All other software development 
and maintenance costs are recognised as an expense as incurred. Software development assets are held at historic cost less accumulated amortisation 
and impairment, and are amortised over their estimated useful lives (3 to 10 years) on a straight-line basis.

Licences
Separately acquired pharmaceutical licences and software licences are recognised at historic cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. 
Those acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Pharmaceutical licences and software licences are 
amortised over their useful lives (3 to 10 years) on a straight-line basis or over the life of the licence if shorter.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1670

3 Operating assets continued

3.1 Accounting policies continued
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Costs include directly 
attributable costs such as borrowing costs and employment costs of those people directly working on the construction and installation of property, 
plant and equipment.

Depreciation rates 
Depreciation rates used to write off cost less residual value on a straight-line basis are:

Freehold land
Freehold buildings
Leasehold land
Leasehold buildings
Plant, equipment, fixtures and vehicles
Assets under construction

0%
2.5%
Over the lease period
Over the shorter of lease period and 2.5%
10% to 33%
0%

Depreciation expense is primarily charged in cost of sales with an immaterial amount in administration expenses.

Investment property
Property held to earn rental income is classified as investment property and is held at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. 
The depreciation policy is consistent with that described for property above.

Non-current assets classified as held-for-sale
Non-current assets are classified as held-for-sale if their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale transaction, rather than 
continuing use within the Group, and the sale is considered highly probable. The sale is expected to complete within one year from the date of 
classification and the assets are available for sale in their current condition. Non-current assets held-for-sale are stated at the lower of carrying 
amount and fair value less costs of disposal and are not depreciated.

Lessor accounting – operating leases
Assets acquired and made available to third parties under operating leases are recorded as property, plant and equipment or investment property 
and are depreciated on a straight-line basis to their estimated residual values over their estimated useful lives. Operating lease income is credited 
on a straight-line basis to the date of the next rent review.

Finance leases
Assets funded through finance leases are capitalised as property, plant and equipment and depreciated over their useful economic life or lease term, 
whichever is shorter. The amount capitalised is the lower of the fair value and the present value, calculated using the interest rate implicit in the lease, 
of the future minimum lease payments. The obligations to pay future rentals are included within liabilities. Rental payments are apportioned between 
the finance charge and the outstanding obligation so as to produce a constant rate of finance charge on the remaining balance.

Impairment of non-financial assets
Intangible assets with indefinite lives, such as goodwill, and those in construction that are not yet being amortised, are tested for impairment annually. 
Other non-financial assets are tested if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Testing is performed at the level of a cash generating unit (CGU) in order to compare the CGU’s recoverable amount against its carrying value. 
An impaired CGU is written down to its recoverable amount, which is the higher of value in use or its fair value less costs to dispose. In assessing 
value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

The Group considers that each of its stores is a CGU, which together form a grocery group of CGUs supported by corporate assets such as head office 
and vertically integrated suppliers. 

Impairment losses are reversed if there is evidence of an increase in the recoverable amount of a previously impaired asset, but only to the extent 
that the recoverable amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined if no impairment loss had been recognised. 
Impairment losses relating to goodwill are not reversed. Any reversal of impairment losses would be excluded from underlying earnings.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 201671

Total 
£m

676
65
4
(15)
(42)
688

156
96
(5)
(42)
205

483

Goodwill 
£m

Software 
development costs 
£m

Licences 
£m

10
–
–
–
–
10

–
–
–
–
–

10

633
58
4
(14)
(34)
647

138
87
(4)
(34)
187

460

33
7
–
(1)
(8)
31

18
9
(1)
(8)
18

13

3 Operating assets continued

3.2 Goodwill and intangible assets

Current period
Cost
At 2 February 2015
Additions
Interest capitalised
Disposals
Fully written down assets
At 31 January 2016

Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 2 February 2015
Charge for the period
Disposals
Fully written down assets
At 31 January 2016

Net book amount at 31 January 2016

Included within software development costs are assets under construction of £16m (2015: £153m).

The Group has performed its annual assessment of its amortisation policies and asset lives and deemed them to be appropriate. No changes have 
been made to asset lives during the year.

As in previous years, fully amortised assets have been retained in the Group’s fixed asset register and included in the table above. In order to provide 
greater understanding of the Group’s annual amortisation charge, these assets have been removed from both cost and accumulated amortisation.

Goodwill
The goodwill arose on the acquisition of Flower World Limited (£3m) and Farmers Boy (Deeside) Limited (£7m).

Impairment testing of goodwill
Goodwill of £10m is allocated to the grocery group of CGUs. This group of CGUs has been tested for impairment via the value in use calculation 
described in note 3.3. The pre-tax discount rate used is 9.0% (2015: 9.0%) and the growth rate applied to the period after five years is 2% (2015: 2%).

Software development costs
The cumulative interest capitalised included within software development costs is £41m (2015: £37m). The cost of internal labour capitalised is not 
material for separate disclosure. 

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1672

3 Operating assets continued

3.2 Goodwill and intangible assets continued

Prior period
Cost
At 3 February 2014
Additions
Interest capitalised
Disposals
Fully written down assets
At 1 February 2015

Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 3 February 2014
Charge for the period
Impairment
Disposals
Fully written down assets
At 1 February 2015
Net book amount at 1 February 2015

3.3 Property, plant and equipment

Current period
Cost
At 2 February 2015
Additions
Reclassifications
Transfers from investment properties
Transfers to assets held-for-sale
Disposals
Fully written down assets
At 31 January 2016

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 2 February 2015
Charge for the period
Transfers from investment properties
Transfers to assets held-for-sale
Disposals
Fully written down assets
At 31 January 2016
Net book amount at 31 January 2016

Assets under construction included above

Goodwill 
£m

Brands 
£m

Software 
development costs 
£m

Licences 
£m

34
–
–
(24)
–
10

24
–
–
(24)
–
–
10

15
–
–
(15)
–
–

15
–
–
(15)
–
–
–

577
121
9
(30)
(44)
633

147
63
2
(30)
(44)
138
495

40
5
–
–
(12)
33

22
7
1
–
(12)
18
15

Freehold 
land 
£m

Freehold 
buildings 
£m

Leasehold  
land and 
buildings 
£m

Plant,  
equipment,  
fixtures & vehicles  
£m

3,989
5
–
–
(3)
(13)
–
3,978

660
–
–
–
(3)
–
657
3,321

6

4,330
13
(8)
5
(5)
(44)
(1)
4,290

1,576
102
5
(4)
(33)
(1)
1,645
2,645

1

1,055
14
8
–
–
(91)
(8)
978

548
18
–
–
(48)
(8)
510
468

3

1,301
256
–
–
(3)
(90)
(158)
1,306

639
166
–
(3)
(65)
(158)
579
727

2

Total 
£m

666
126
9
(69)
(56)
676

208
70
3
(69)
(56)
156
520

Total 
£m

10,675
288
–
5
(11)
(238)
(167)
10,552

3,423
286
5
(7)
(149)
(167)
3,391
7,161

12

The Group has performed its annual assessment of its depreciation policies and asset lives and deemed them to be appropriate. No changes have been 
made to asset lives during the year.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 201673

3 Operating assets continued

3.3 Property, plant and equipment continued
As in previous years, fully depreciated assets have been retained in the Group’s fixed asset register and included in the table above. In order to provide 
greater understanding of the Group’s annual depreciation charge, these assets have been removed from both cost and accumulated depreciation.

Included within the above are leasehold land and buildings held under finance lease with a cost of £308m (2015: £308m) and accumulated depreciation 
of £94m (2015: £92m). 

The cost of financing property developments prior to their opening date has been included in the cost of the asset. The cumulative amount of interest 
capitalised in the total cost above amounts to £197m (2015: £197m).

Impairment 
The Group considers that each store is a separate cash generating unit (CGU) and therefore considers every store for an indication of impairment 
annually. The Group calculates each store’s recoverable amount and compares this amount to its book value. The recoverable amount is determined 
as the higher of ‘value in use’ and ‘fair value less costs of disposal’. If the recoverable amount is less than the book value, an impairment charge 
is recognised based on the following methodology:

‘Value in use’ is calculated by projecting individual store pre-tax cash flows over the remaining useful life of the store, based on forecasting 
assumptions. The methodology used for calculating future cash flows is to:

•  use the actual cash flows for each store in the current year;
•  allocate a proportion of the Group’s central costs to each store on an appropriate basis;
•  project each store’s cash flows over the next five years by applying forecast sales and cost growth assumptions;
•  project cash flows beyond year five for the remaining useful life of each store by applying a long term growth rate; and
•  discount the cash flows using a pre-tax rate of 9.0% (2015: 9.0%). The discount rate takes into account the Group’s weighted average cost of capital.

‘Fair value less costs of disposal’ is estimated by the Directors based on their knowledge of individual stores and the markets they serve and likely 
demand from grocers or other retailers. The Directors also obtain valuations by store prepared by independent valuers and consider these in carrying 
out their estimate of fair value less cost of disposal for the purposes of testing for impairment. In determining their valuation, the independent valuers 
assume an expected rent and yield for each store based on the quality of the asset, local catchment and the store being occupied by a supermarket 
tenant with a similar covenant to Morrisons.

In order to reflect specific local market conditions, in particular the continued low demand from major grocery retailers for supermarket space, 
the Directors consider it appropriate for the purpose of testing for impairment to revise downwards the rent and yield assumptions in the 
independent valuation to reflect the following factors on a store by store basis:

•  Whether a major grocery operator might buy the store, taking into consideration whether they are already located near the store, and whether 

the store size is appropriate for their business model, and then if not;

•  Assessing whether a smaller store operator might buy the store, in which case the value has been updated to reflect the Directors’ assessment 

of the yield which would be achievable if such an operator acquired the store, and then if not;

•  Assessing whether a non-food operator might buy the store, in which case the value has been updated to reflect the Directors’ assessment 

of the yield which would be achievable if such an operator acquired the store.

Having applied the above methodology and assumptions, the Group has recognised an impairment charge of £nil (2015: £1,116m, tangible assets: £1,113m 
and intangible assets: £3m) during the year. At 31 January 2016, the key assumption to which the value-in-use calculation is most sensitive to is the 
discount rate. Specific sensitivity analysis with regard to this assumption shows that an increase of 1% in the discount rate would result in an additional 
impairment charge of £140m.

Based on the methodology above, the Group considers the carrying value appropriate.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1674

3 Operating assets continued

3.3 Property, plant and equipment continued

Prior period
Cost
At 3 February 2014
Additions
Interest capitalised
Transfers to investment properties
Transfers to assets held-for-sale
Disposals
Fully written down assets
At 1 February 2015

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 3 February 2014
Charge for the period
Impairment
Transfers to investment properties
Transfers to assets held-for-sale
Disposals
Fully written down assets
At 1 February 2015
Net book amount at 1 February 2015

Assets under construction included above

3.4 Non-current assets classified as held-for-sale

At start of period
Additions
Transfers from property, plant and equipment at net book value
Transfers from investment property at net book value
Disposals
At end of period

Freehold 
land 
£m

4,046
53
–
–
(104)
(6)
–
3,989

211
–
449
–
–
–
–
660
3,329

5

Freehold 
buildings 
£m

Leasehold  
land and 
buildings 
£m

Plant,  
equipment,  
fixtures & vehicles  
£m

4,519
107
2
(4)
(237)
(18)
(39)
4,330

1,264
116
302
(3)
(50)
(14)
(39)
1,576
2,754

8

1,112
22
–
–
(44)
(7)
(28)
1,055

355
27
214
–
(14)
(6)
(28)
548
507

1

Total 
£m

12,350
388
2
(4)
(413)
(48)
(1,600)
10,675

3,725
315
1,113
(3)
(90)
(37)
(1,600)
3,423
7,252

2,673
206
–
–
(28)
(17)
(1,533)
1,301

1,895
172
148
–
(26)
(17)
(1,533)
639
662

13

27

2016 
£m
84
–
4
30
(118)
–

2015 
£m
–
3
323
51 
(293)
84

Assets transferred from property, plant and equipment had a cost of £11m (2015: £413m) and accumulated depreciation of £7m (2015: £90m). 
Assets transferred from investment property had a cost of £45m (2015: £77m) and accumulated depreciation of £15m (2015: £26m).

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 20163 Operating assets continued

3.5 Investment property

Cost
At start of period
Additions
Transfers (to)/from property, plant and equipment
Transfers to assets held-for-sale
Disposals
At end of period

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At start of period
Charge for the period
Transfers (to)/from property, plant and equipment
Transfers to assets held-for-sale
Disposals
At end of period

Net book amount at end of period

75

2015 
£m

183
1
4
(77)
(3)
108

64
2
3
(26)
(3)
40

68

2016 
£m

108
3
(5)
(45)
(2)
59

40
2
(5)
(15)
–
22

37

Included in other operating income is £12m (2015: £21m) of rental income generated from investment properties. At the end of the period the fair 
value of investment properties, including those held in assets held-for-sale, was £68m (2015: £200m). Investment properties are valued by independent 
surveyors on a vacant possession basis using observable inputs (fair value hierarchy Level 2). 

3.6 Operating leases – lessor
The Group has non-cancellable agreements with tenants with varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. The future minimum lease income 
is as follows:

Within one year
More than one year and less than five years
After five years

3.7 Capital commitments

Contracts placed for future capital expenditure not provided in the financial statements
(property, plant and equipment and intangible assets)

2016 
£m
18
61
73
152

2016 
£m

26

2015 
£m
26
85
114
225

2015 
£m

149

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1676

4 Interests in other entities 

4.1 Accounting policies
Joint ventures
The Group applies IFRS 11 to all joint arrangements. Under IFRS 11 investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or 
joint ventures depending on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor. The Group has assessed the nature of its joint arrangements 
and determined them to be joint ventures. Joint ventures are accounted for under the equity method and are initially recognised at cost.

The consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the equity accounted 
investees, from the date that joint control commences until the date that joint control ceases.

Investments
Investments comprise investments in equity instruments held for long term investment. They are measured at fair value through other comprehensive 
income, where the fair value can be measured reliably. Where the fair value of the instruments cannot be measured reliably, for example, when there 
is variability in the range of estimates, the investments are recognised at cost less accumulated impairment losses. 

Business combinations
The acquisition method is used to account for business combinations. Consideration is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred 
and the equity interests issued by the Group, including the fair value of any contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition related costs are 
expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed, are measured initially at their fair values at the 
acquisition date. On an acquisition by acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the 
non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets.

Goodwill is the excess of consideration transferred, plus any non-controlling interest and the fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree, 
over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. In the event that this excess is negative the difference is recognised directly in profit for 
the period.

Disposal of subsidiaries
When the Group ceases to have control over a subsidiary, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value at the date when 
control is lost, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of 
subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised 
in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. 
This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss.

4.2 Joint ventures
The Group and Ocado Group plc are sole investors in a company (MHE JV Co), which owns the plant and equipment at the Dordon Customer 
Fulfilment Centre (CFC). Each party owns 50% of the equity of MHE JV Co and decisions regarding MHE JV Co require the unanimous consent of both 
parties. The Directors have considered the impact of IFRS 11 Joint arrangements, applicable this financial year, and determined that the Group continues 
to jointly control MHE JV Co.

MHE JV Co
Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Net assets
Group’s share of net assets

Profit
Group’s share of profit

4.3 Investments

Equity investments at cost

2016  
£m
7
125
(7)
125
63

4
2

2016 
£m
31

2015  
£m
24
117
(5)
136
68

4
2

2015 
£m
31

The equity investments held for long term investment represents the Group’s 10% stake in Fresh Direct Inc, a US internet grocer. The investment 
was made on 9 March 2011, and at that point, the Group made available to Fresh Direct a $15m 8% unsecured seven year loan facility. The facility 
is undrawn at the balance sheet date.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 201677

4 Interests in other entities continued

4.4 Business combinations
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016
On 7 December 2015, Wm Morrison Produce Limited exercised an option to acquire the remaining 49% of the issued share capital of Wm Morrison 
Bananas Limited from Global Pacific Group, for a cash consideration of £3m. Due to the existence of the put and call option, the Group had previously 
treated Wm Morrison Bananas Limited as a 100% subsidiary.

For part of the year the Group was part of a joint venture in respect of The Morrisons Farm at Dumfries House Limited (the Farm). The Group 
terminated this agreement on 13 November 2015 when Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC acquired the remaining 50% of the issued share capital of the 
Farm. On 6 January 2016, the Farm was renamed Neerock Farming Limited. The Farm’s results are immaterial to the Group.

52 weeks ended 1 February 2015
In the 52 weeks ended 1 February 2015 there were no business combinations.

4.5 Disposals of businesses
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016
On 26 October 2015, the Group disposed of its subsidiary Wm Morrison Convenience Stores Limited and associated assets to MLCG Limited for 
cash consideration of £20m. This resulted in a loss on disposal of £34m. This loss is one-off in nature and therefore has been excluded from reported 
underlying earnings. Following the sale, the Group continues to guarantee leases relating to its former convenience stores. The Group has made an 
assessment of the likelihood and amount of future rental commitments should these leases revert, and recognised a liability on the balance sheet at 
31 January 2016 reflecting the estimated cash outflow. In the event of lessee default the Group will look to minimise its liability by finding alternative 
occupiers as soon as possible.

52 weeks ended 1 February 2015
On 11 July 2014, the Group disposed of Kiddicare.com Limited to Endless LLP receiving a consideration of £2m for the sale of the shares. This resulted 
in a profit on disposal of £4m following an impairment charge in the 52 weeks ended 2 February 2014. Only one of the ten leases relating to Kiddicare 
remains unassigned.

5 Working capital and provisions

5.1 Accounting policies
Stock
Stock represents goods for resale and is measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the 
ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Cost is calculated on a weighted average basis and comprises purchase 
price, import duties and other non-recoverable taxes, reduced by promotional funding and commercial income and a provision for estimated losses 
relating to shrinkage and markdowns. Losses relating to shrinkage in stores are based on historical losses verified by physical stock counts conducted 
by an independent third party. Provision is made for obsolete and slow moving items.

Trade and other debtors
Trade and other debtors are initially recognised at fair value, which is generally equal to face value, and subsequently held at amortised cost. 
Provision is made when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to recover balances in full, with the charge being included 
in administrative expenses. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents for cash flow purposes includes cash-in-hand, cash-at-bank and bank overdrafts. In the balance sheet, bank overdrafts that 
do not have right of offset are presented within current liabilities. 

Cash held by the Group’s captive insurer, Farock Insurance Company Limited, is not available for use by the rest of the Group as it is restricted for use 
against the specific liability of the captive. As the funds are available on demand, they meet the definition of cash in IAS 7 ‘Cash flow statements’.

Trade and other creditors
Trade and other creditors are initially recognised at fair value, which is generally equal to face value of the invoices received, and subsequently held at 
amortised cost. Trade creditors are presented net of commercial income due when the Group’s trading terms state that income from suppliers will be 
netted against amounts owing to that supplier.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1678

5 Working capital and provisions continued

5.1 Accounting policies continued
Provisions
Provisions are created where the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, where it is probable that it will result in an outflow of 
economic benefits to settle the obligation, and where it can be reliably measured. For petrol filling station decommissioning costs this is when the 
filling station is first constructed and for dilapidations on leased buildings, when the lease is entered into. Provisions for onerous leases are recognised 
when the Group believes that the unavoidable costs of meeting the lease obligations exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under 
the lease. The amounts provided are based on the Group’s best estimate of the least net cost of exit. Where material, these estimated outflows 
are discounted to net present value using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assumptions. The unwinding of this discount is recognised 
as a financing cost in the income statement. 

5.2 Stock

Finished goods

Unearned elements of commercial income are deducted from finished goods as the stock has not been sold. 

5.3 Debtors

Trade debtors:
– Commercial income trade debtors
– Accrued commercial income
– Other trade debtors
Less: provision for impairment of trade debtors

Prepayments and accrued income
Other debtors

The ageing analysis of trade debtors is as follows:

Neither past due nor impaired
Past due but not impaired:
Not more than three months
Greater than three months
Impaired debt

2016 
£m
616

2016 
£m

13
26
99
(6)
132
56
4
192

2016 
£m
132

–
–
6
138

2015 
£m
658

2015 
£m

10
37
136
(5)
178
51
10
239

2015 
£m
178

–
–
5
183

As at 31 January 2016 and 1 February 2015, trade debtors that were neither past due nor impaired related to a number of debtors for whom there 
is no recent history of default. The other classes of debtors do not contain impaired assets.

As of 8 March 2016, £10m of the £13m commercial income trade debtor balance had been settled and £16m of the £26m accrued commercial income 
balance had been invoiced and settled.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 20165 Working capital and provisions continued

5.4 Creditors – current

Trade creditors
Less: commercial income due, offset against amounts owed

Other taxes and social security payable
Other creditors
Accruals and deferred income

2016 
£m
1,775
(85)
1,690
86
267
475
2,518

Included within accruals and deferred income is £5m (2015: £9m) in respect of deferred commercial income. 

As of 8 March 2016, £68m of the £85m commercial income due above had been offset against payments made.

5.5 Provisions

At 2 February 2015
Charged to profit for the period
Utilised/released during the period
Unwinding of discount
At 31 January 2016

Onerous lease 
provision 
£m
258
52
(32)
11
289

Other property 
provisions 
£m
30
3
(13)
–
20

79

2015 
£m
1,493
(96)
1,397
66
271
487
2,221

Total 
£m
 288
55
(45)
11
309

Part of the onerous leases relate to sublet and vacant properties, with commitments ranging from one to 57 years. The provision is revised regularly 
in response to market conditions. During the year, £52m has been charged to onerous lease provisions as detailed in note 1.4. The utilisation of onerous 
lease provisions this year relates to the assignment of Kiddicare leases, the disposal of the convenience business and the ongoing utilisation of onerous 
contracts.

Other property provisions include a petrol filling station decommissioning reserve for the cost of decommissioning petrol tanks, and provisions 
for dilapidations on leased buildings, for the cost of restoring assets to their original condition.

5.6 Cash generated from operations

Profit/(loss) for the period
Net finance costs
Taxation credit
Share of profit of joint venture
Operating profit/(loss)
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation
Impairment
Profit arising on disposal and exit of properties and sale of businesses
Adjustment for non-cash element of pension charges
Share-based payments
Other non-cash charges
Decrease in stock1
Decrease in debtors1
Increase /(decrease) in creditors1
Increase in provisions1
Cash generated from operations

2016 
£m
222
99
(5)
(2)
314

384
–
(97)
11
11
1
40
30
313
19
1,026

2015 
£m
(761)
98
(31)
(2)
(696)

387
1,116
(135)
(5)
11
3
180
77
(76)
108
970

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1680

5 Working capital and provisions continued

5.6 Cash generated from operations continued
Total working capital inflow (the sum of items marked1 in the table) is £402m in the year. This includes £83m as a result of the current year onerous 
leases charge and onerous commitments, net of £29m of onerous capital payments. When adjusted to exclude these items, the working capital inflow 
is £348m.

6 Capital and borrowings

6.1 Accounting policies
Borrowings
Interest-bearing loans and overdrafts are initially recorded at fair value, net of attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, 
any difference between the redemption value and the initial carrying amount is recognised in profit for the period over the period of the borrowings 
on an effective interest rate basis.

Borrowing costs
All borrowing costs are recognised in the Group’s profit for the period on an effective interest rate basis except for interest costs that are directly 
attributable to the construction of buildings and other qualifying assets, which are capitalised and included within the initial cost of the asset. 
Capitalisation commences when both expenditure on the asset and borrowing costs are being incurred, and necessary activities to prepare the asset 
for use are in progress. In the case of new stores, this is generally once planning permission has been obtained. Capitalisation ceases when the asset is 
ready for use. Interest is capitalised at the effective rate incurred on borrowings before taxation of 5% (2015: 5%). Capitalised interest is included within 
interest paid in cash flow from operating activities.

Leases
Leases in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases; all other leases are 
classified as finance leases. Property leases are analysed into separate components for land and buildings and tested to establish whether the 
components are operating leases or finance leases. Rental payments on operating leases in which the Group is lessee are taken to profit for the period 
on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.

Sale and leaseback of properties
The accounting treatment of the sale and leaseback depends upon the substance of the transaction (by applying the lease classification principles 
described above). For sale and operating leasebacks, the assets are sold at fair value, and accordingly the profit or loss from the sale is recognised 
immediately in the Statement of comprehensive income. A number of new property operating leases have been entered into in the year ended 
31 January 2016 (see property commitments note 6.8). When forming the conclusion of operating lease classification, consideration was given to the 
key lease classification indicators of IAS 17. The leases are typically for a 25 year period. The Directors have reviewed the remaining useful lives for these 
particular properties and concluded they are significantly longer than the period of the lease. As disclosed on page 72 a review of the useful economic 
lives of each of the property, plant and equipment categories has been performed in the year with no changes made. Other key indicators considered 
in reaching an operating lease classification were the present value of the minimum lease payments and the ownership clauses in the contracts upon 
expiry of the lease.

Share capital 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity 
as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital, the consideration paid, 
including directly attributable incremental costs, is deducted from retained earnings until the shares are cancelled. On cancellation, the nominal 
value of the shares is deducted from share capital and the amount is transferred to the capital redemption reserve.

Own shares held
The Group has employee trusts for the granting of Group shares to executives and members of the employee share plans. Shares in the Group held 
by the employee share trusts are presented in the balance sheet as a deduction from retained earnings. The shares are deducted for the purpose 
of calculating the Group’s earnings per share.

Net debt
Net debt is cash and cash equivalents, long term cash on deposit, bank and other current loans, bonds, private placement loan notes and derivative 
financial instruments (stated at current fair value).

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 20166 Capital and borrowings continued

6.2 Finance costs and income

Interest payable on short term loans and bank overdrafts
Interest payable on bonds
Interest capitalised
Total interest payable
Provisions: unwinding of discount
Other finance costs
Finance costs
Bank interest received
Amortisation of bonds
Other finance income
Net pension interest income (note 8.2)
Finance income 
Net finance cost

6.3 Borrowings
The Group had the following current borrowings and other financial liabilities:

Current
Bank overdraft
Short term borrowings
£200m Sterling bonds 6.00% January 2017

81

2015 
£m
(10)
(96)
11
(95)
(7)
(3)
(105)
5
1
–
1
7
(98)

2015 
£m

1
10
–
11

2016 
£m
(4)
(98)
4
(98)
(11)
(3)
(112)
5
1
7
–
13
(99)

2016 
£m

1
–
200
201

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1682

6 Capital and borrowings continued

6.3 Borrowings continued
The Group had the following non-current borrowings and other financial liabilities:

Non-current
£200m Sterling bonds 6.00% January 2017
£200m Sterling bonds 6.12% December 2018
£400m Sterling bonds 4.625% December 2023
£400m Sterling bonds 3.50% July 2026
£300m Sterling bonds 4.75% July 2029
$250m US private placement loan notes (USPP) 4.4% November 2026
€700m Euro bond 2.25% June 2020
Total non-current bonds and loan notes
Revolving credit facility

2016 
£m

–
202
398
416
291
174
527
2,008
(5)
2,003

2015 
£m

201
202
397
421
291
164
518
2,194
314
2,508

Borrowing facilities
Borrowings are denominated in sterling, US dollars and euros, and bear fixed interest rates, with the exception of the revolving credit facility which 
bears floating interest rates. All borrowings are unsecured. In September 2015 the Group extended its syndicated committed revolving credit facility 
of £1.35bn by a further year, effectively resetting its five year term and resulting in a maturity date of September 2020. The Group also has a bilateral 
revolving credit facility of £150m due to mature in May 2016. The revolving credit facility incurs commitment fees and drawdowns bear interest 
at a spread above LIBOR.

In the event of default of covenants on the bank facility, the principal amounts and any interest accrued are repayable on demand.

There were no drawings under these credit facilities at the balance sheet date and therefore the Group had £1,500m of undrawn committed borrowing 
facilities available (2015: £1,180m).

Maturity of borrowings
The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s borrowings based on contractual, undiscounted payments, which include interest 
payments. As a result, amounts shown below do not agree to the amounts disclosed on the balance sheet for borrowings. Creditors (note 5.4) 
are excluded from this analysis. 

Where borrowings are subject to a floating rate, an estimate for interest has been made. 

Less than one year
One to two years
Two to three years
Three to four years
Four to five years
More than five years

2016 
£m
291
79
278
67
593
1,574

2015 
£m
100
290
78
277
386
2,145

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 201683

6 Capital and borrowings continued

6.3 Borrowings continued
Fair values
The fair value of the sterling and euro denominated bonds is measured using closing market prices (level 1). The fair value of the USPP is estimated 
by comparing the interest rate to market rates available to the Group at the balance sheet date (level 2). The fair values of borrowings included in 
level 2 are based on the net present value of the anticipated future cash flows associated with these instruments using rates currently available for 
debts on similar terms, credit risk and equivalent maturity dates. 

These compare to carrying values as follows:

Total bonds: non-current and current
Total loan notes: non-current

Amortised
cost
£m
2,034
174

2,208

2016

Fair
value
£m
2,019
167

2,186

Amortised
cost
£m
2,030
164

2,194

2015

Fair
value
£m
2,115
175

2,290

The fair value of other items within current and non-current borrowing equals their carrying amount, as the impact of discounting is not material.

6.4 Analysis of net debt

Cash and cash equivalents per balance sheet
Bank overdrafts
Cash and cash equivalents per cash flow statement
Cross-currency contracts and interest rate swaps
Non-current financial assets
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Current financial assets
Short term borrowings and current bonds
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Fuel and energy price contracts
Bonds
Current financial liabilities
Bonds
Private placement loan notes
Revolving credit facility
Cross-currency contracts and interest rate swaps
Fuel and energy price contracts
Non-current financial liabilities 

Net debt

Note

6.3

7.3

7.3

6.3

7.3

7.3

6.3

6.3

6.3

6.3

7.3

7.3

2016 
£m
488
(1)
487
30
30
12
12
–
–
(17)
(200)
(217)
(1,834)
(174)
5
(46)
(9)
(2,058)

(1,746)

2015 
£m
241
(1)
240
–
–
6
6
(10)
(6)
(12)
–
(28)
(2,030)
(164)
(314)
(45)
(5)
(2,558)

(2,340)

Cash and cash equivalents include restricted balances of £16m (2015: £21m) which is held by Farock Insurance Company Limited, a subsidiary 
of Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1684

6 Capital and borrowings continued

6.5 Called-up share capital

At 1 February 2015 and 31 January 2016

Number of 
shares 
millions

2,335

Share capital 
£m

Share premium 
£m

234

127

Total 
£m

361

The total authorised number of ordinary shares is 4,000 million shares (2015: 4,000 million shares) with a par value of 10p per share (2015: 10p per share). 
All issued shares are fully paid. The Group did not acquire any of its own shares for cancellation in the 52 weeks ended 1 February 2015 or 31 January 2016.

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time-to-time and are entitled to one vote per share at the meetings 
of the Company.

Trust shares
Included in retained earnings is a deduction of £13m (2015: £6m) in respect of own shares held at the balance sheet date. This represents the 
cost of 8,401,491 (2015: 2,907,374) of the Group’s ordinary shares (nominal value of £0.8m (2015: £0.3m)). These shares are held in a trust and were 
acquired by the business to meet obligations under the Group’s employee share plans using funds provided by the Group. The market value of 
the shares at 31 January 2016 was £15m (2015: £5m). The trust has waived its right to dividends. These shares are not treasury shares as defined by the 
London Stock Exchange.

During the period the Group acquired 8,612,819 (2015: 4,000,000) of its own shares to hold in trust for consideration of £13m (2015: £8m), and utilised 
3,118,702 (2015: 3,031,234) trust shares to satisfy awards under the Group’s employee share plans.

Issue of new shares
The Group issued 70,480 (2015: 41,962) new shares to satisfy options exercised by employees during the period. Proceeds received on exercise of these 
shares amounted to £0.1m (2015: £0.1m).

6.6 Reserves

Capital redemption reserve
Merger reserve
Hedging reserve
Retained earnings
Total

2016 
£m
39
2,578
(10)
788
3,395

2015 
£m
39
2,578
(22)
638
3,233

Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve at the start of the period related to 389,631,561 of the Company’s own shares which it purchased on the open market 
for cancellation between 31 March 2008 and 8 March 2013 at a total cost of £1,081m. 

Merger reserve
The merger reserve represents the reserve in the Company’s balance sheet arising on the acquisition in 2004 of Safeway Limited. In the opinion 
of the Directors, this reserve is not distributable and accordingly it will be carried forward as a capital reserve.

Hedging reserve
This represents the gains and losses arising on derivatives used for cash flow hedging.

6.7 Capital management
The Group defines the capital that it manages as the Group’s total equity and net debt balances, as well as its lease commitments.

The Group’s capital management objectives are to safeguard its viability taking into consideration the risks that it faces whilst maintaining an 
investment grade credit rating and having adequate liquidity headroom. The Group manages its capital structure by managing the balance of debt and 
shares outstanding. It does this by seeking an effective balance between debt and equity. During the current financial year, net debt has reduced by 
£594m, reflecting strong operating cash flow driven by working capital management, reduced capital expenditure and £320m of property and business 
disposals. Throughout the year, the Group has comfortably complied with the gearing and fixed charge cover covenants attaching to its revolving 
credit facility, and the USPP.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 201685

6 Capital and borrowings continued

6.8 Operating leases – lessee
The Group has outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases. The leases have varying terms, 
escalation clauses and renewal rights, and fall due as follows:

Within one year
More than one year and less than five years
After five years

The movement in the property lease commitments within one year is summarised below:

2016

Vehicles, plant  
and equipment 
£m
15
25
–
40

Property 
£m
119
451
1,854
2,424

2015

Vehicles, plant  
and equipment 
£m
15
28
–
43

Property 
£m
108
411
1,520
2,039

At 2 February 2015
Impact of disposals
Leases on new stores
New lease commitments
At 31 January 2016

£m
108
(1)
3
9
119

New lease commitments relate to the commencement of leases for previously provided pipeline stores.

7 Financial risk and hedging

7.1 Accounting policies
Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
Derivatives are transacted to mitigate financial risks that arise as a result of the Group’s operating activities and funding arrangements. At the inception 
of a hedge, the Group documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, the risk management objective and strategy 
for undertaking the hedge.

The Group assesses whether the hedging instrument is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item at 
inception and it also assesses whether the hedge has been and will continue to be effective on an ongoing basis.

All derivatives are initially recognised at fair value and are also measured at fair value at each reporting date. Derivatives with positive fair values are 
recognised as assets and those with negative fair values as liabilities. They are also categorised as current or non-current according to the maturity 
of each derivative. All gains or losses arising due to changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognised in profit or loss except when the derivative 
qualifies for cash flow hedge accounting.

Cash flow hedges
The Group designates derivatives into a cash flow hedge where they have been transacted to hedge a highly probable forecast transaction or a 
particular risk associated with an asset or liability. The effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivatives, that are designated into 
cash flow hedge relationships, are recognised in other comprehensive income. Cumulative gains or losses on derivatives are reclassified from other 
comprehensive income into profit or loss in the period when the transaction occurs. Any ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative 
is immediately recognised in profit or loss.

Fair value hedge
The Group designates derivatives into a fair value hedge relationship when they hedge the Group’s exposure to changes in the fair value of a 
recognised asset or liability, or a firm commitment. The change in fair value of the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged 
risk is recognised in profit or loss for the period as well as the gain or loss from changes in the fair value of the derivative.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1686

7 Financial risk and hedging continued

7.2 Financial risk management
The Group has a centralised treasury function which manages funding, liquidity and other financial risk in accordance with the Board approved treasury 
policy. The objective of the policy and controls that are established are to mitigate the risk of an adverse impact on the performance of the Group 
as a result of its exposure to financial risks arising from the Group’s operations and its sources of finance. It is the Group’s policy not to engage in 
speculative trading of financial instruments. 

The Board retains ultimate responsibility for treasury activity and is involved in key decision making. A Treasury Committee is established to provide 
governance and oversight to treasury activity within delegated authority limits and formally reports to the Audit Committee.

Foreign currency risk
The majority of purchases made by the Group are denominated in sterling, however some trade purchases are made in other currencies, primarily the 
euro and US dollar. The Group’s objective is to reduce short term profit volatility from exchange rate fluctuations. It is Group policy that a minimum 
of 80% of committed and highly probable exposures within the next six months are hedged and at least 40% of exposures in the following six months. 
At the balance sheet date, the Group had hedged 81% of its exposure within the next six months (2015: 84%).

Cross-currency interest rate swaps are used to mitigate the Group’s currency exposure arising from payments of interest and principal in relation 
to foreign currency funding, including the US dollar private placement (USPP) loan notes and the euro denominated bond. 

At the reporting date, the sensitivity to a reasonable possible change (+/– 10%) in the US dollar and euro exchange rates would equate to a £5m post tax 
profit or loss exposure in relation to the euro and £4m in relation to the US dollar, for the unhedged forecast foreign currency exposures over the next 
12 months. A weakening of the pound sterling by 10% against the euro and US dollar exchange rates would impact on other comprehensive income 
by £16m.

Liquidity risk
The Group policy is to maintain an appropriate maturity profile across its borrowings and a sufficient level of committed headroom to meet 
obligations. The Group finances its operations using a diversified range of funding providers including banks and bondholders.

A central cash forecast is maintained by the treasury function who monitor the availability of liquidity to meet business requirements and any 
unexpected variances. The treasury function seek to centralise surplus cash balances to minimise the level of gross debt. Short term cash balances, 
together with undrawn committed facilities, enable the Group to manage its day to day liquidity risk. Any short term surplus is invested in accordance 
with Treasury Policy.

The Treasury Committee compares the committed liquidity available to the Group against the forecast requirements including policy headroom. 
This policy includes a planning assumption that supply chain finance facilities are not available.

Interest rate risk
The Group seeks to protect itself against adverse movements in interest rates by maintaining at least 60% of its total borrowings at fixed interest rates. 
As at the balance sheet date 91% (2015: 79%) of the Group’s borrowings are at fixed rate.

Whilst still applying the policy described above, from time-to-time the Group enters into fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps to achieve the 
appropriate proportion of fixed versus floating rate borrowings.

Credit risk
As a retailer, the majority of the Group’s revenue is received in cash at the point of sale and therefore credit risk is not considered significant to the 
Group. Some credit risk does arise from cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banking groups and exposures from other sources of income such 
as commercial income and tenants of investment properties. 

The Group has established appropriate credit verification procedures in respect of financial institutions. Limits on the total exposure to any 
counterparty or Group of connected counterparties are established within Treasury Policy taking into account credit ratings. Compliance with limits 
is regularly monitored.

There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group.

Commodity price risk
The Group manages the risks associated with the purchase of electricity, gas and diesel consumed by its activities (excluding fuel purchased for resale 
to customers) by entering into hedging contracts to fix prices for expected consumption.

The Group has adopted a capital at risk model for hedging its fuel and power consumption. The Treasury Committee reviews the Group’s exposure 
to commodity prices and ensures it remains within policy limits. A change of +/– 10 % in the market value of the commodity price at the balance sheet 
date would affect other comprehensive income by £8m (2015: £9m). 

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 201687

2015 
£m

6
6

–
–

2015 
£m

6
12
18

45
5
50

2015 
£m

7 Financial risk and hedging continued

7.3 Derivative financial assets and liabilities

Derivative financial assets
Current
Foreign exchange forward contracts

Non-current 
Cross-currency swaps and interest rate swaps

2016 
£m

12
12

30
30

All derivatives are categorised as level 2 instruments. Level 2 fair values for simple, over-the-counter derivatives are calculated by using benchmark, 
observable market interest rates to discount future cash flows.

Derivative financial liabilities
Current
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Fuel and energy price contracts

Non-current 
Cross-currency swaps and interest rate swaps
Energy price contracts

Maturity analysis of derivatives
Derivatives settled on a gross basis
Cross-currency swaps – cash flow hedges
– Outflow
– Inflow
Interest rate swaps – fair value hedges
– Outflow
– Inflow
Forward contracts – cash flow hedges
– Outflow
– Inflow
Derivatives settled on a net basis
Energy price contracts – cash flow hedges
– Outflow

2016 
£m

–
17
17

46
9
55

2016 
£m

< 1 year 
£m

1 – 5 years 
£m

5 + years 
£m

< 1 year 
£m

1 – 5 years 
£m

5 + years 
£m

(25)
20

(3)
7

(184)
194

(694)
613

(11)
28

–
–

(18)

(8)

(203)
223

(16)
39

–
–

–

(25)
19

(3)
7

(215)
210

(80)
77

(11)
28

–
–

(12)

(4)

(823)
756

(18)
46

–
–

–

7.4 Hedging activities
The amounts disclosed in the table above are the contractual undiscounted derivative cash flows and therefore differ to those in the balance sheet.

Cash flow hedges
At 31 January 2016 and 1 February 2015, the Group held US dollar and euro cross-currency swaps designated as cash flow hedges. The notional principal 
amount of the outstanding cross-currency swaps at 31 January 2016 was $250m (2015: $250m) and €700m (2015: €700m). 

The energy price contracts and foreign currency derivatives shown in note 7.3 are designated as cash flow hedges. 

Fair value hedges
The valuation of fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps designated in fair value hedges are £21m (2015: £31m). 

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1688

8 Pensions

8.1 Accounting policies
A defined contribution scheme is a pension scheme under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and provides no guarantee 
as to the quantum of retirement benefits that those contributions will ultimately purchase. A defined benefit scheme is a pension scheme that 
is not a defined contribution scheme. 

Defined benefit schemes
Pension scheme assets are valued at market rates. Pension scheme obligations are an estimate of the amount required to pay the benefits that 
employees have earned in exchange for current and past service, assessed and discounted to present value using the assumptions shown in note 8.4.1. 
The net pension asset recognised in the Consolidated balance sheet is the net of the schemes’ assets and obligations, which are calculated separately 
for each scheme. 

Current service cost is treated as an operating cost in the Consolidated statement of income and Statement of cash flows and is part of underlying 
earnings. Net interest income/expense is calculated by applying the discount rate on liabilities to the net pension liability or asset (adjusted for cash 
flows over the accounting period) and is recognised in finance income/costs and excluded from underlying earnings. 

Expenses incurred in respect of the management of scheme assets are included in Other comprehensive income as a reduction in the return 
on scheme assets. Other scheme expenses are recognised in profit or loss as an operating expense.

Remeasurements comprise actuarial gains and losses on the obligations and the return on scheme assets (excluding interest). They are recognised 
immediately in Other comprehensive income. Amounts shown within note 8 are before any adjustments for deferred taxation.

8.2 Defined benefit schemes: summary and description 
The Group operates a number of defined benefit retirement schemes (together ‘the Schemes’) providing benefits based on a benefit formula that 
depends on factors including the employee’s age and number of years of service. The Morrison and Safeway Schemes provide pension benefits based 
on either the employee’s compensation package or career average revalued earnings (CARE) (the ‘CARE Schemes’). The CARE Schemes are not open 
to new members and were closed to future accrual in July 2015. The RSP is a cash balance scheme, which provides a lump sum benefit based upon 
a defined proportion of an employee’s annual earnings, which is revalued each year in line with inflation.

The position of each scheme at 31 January 2016 is as follows:

CARE Schemes
RSP
Net pension asset/(liability)

2016 
£m 
178
8
186

2015 
£m 
(43)
4
(39)

At the year end, schemes in surplus have been disclosed within assets on the balance sheet. The Group has taken legal advice with regard to the 
recognition of a pension surplus and also recognition of a minimum funding requirement under IFRIC 14 ‘IAS 19 – The limit on a defined benefit asset, 
minimum funding requirement and their interaction’. This advice concluded that recognition of a surplus is appropriate on the basis that the Group has 
an unconditional right to a refund of a surplus. Amendments to the current version of IFRIC 14 are currently being considered. The legal advice received 
by the Group has concluded that the above accounting treatment should not be affected by the current exposure draft of the revised wording 
to IFRIC 14.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 2016 
8 Pensions continued

8.2 Defined benefit schemes: summary and description continued
The disclosures below show the details of the schemes combined:

Balance sheet:
Fair value of scheme assets
Present value of obligations
Net pension asset/(liability)

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Current service cost – recognised in cost of sales
Current service cost – recognised in administrative expenses
Administrative costs paid by Schemes – recognised in administrative expenses
Curtailment gain
Net interest on net pension asset/(liability) – finance income
Total expense charged to statement of comprehensive income 
Statement of other comprehensive income:
Remeasurements in other comprehensive income (credit)/charge

2016 
CARE 
£m
3,812
(3,634)
178

2016
CARE 
£m
21
3
3
(3)
–
24

(236)

2016 
RSP 
£m 
138
(130)
8

2016
RSP 
£m 
42
20
1
–
–
63

–

2015
CARE 
£m 
4,050
(4,093)
(43)

2015
CARE 
£m
39
4 
3
(1)
–
45

31

89

2015
RSP 
£m
87
(83)
4

2015
RSP 
£m
33
4
1
–
(1)
37

–

The Schemes are registered schemes under the provisions of Schedule 36 of the Finance Act 2004 and the assets are held in legally separate, trustee-
administered funds. The Board of each Scheme is required by law to act in the best interest of the Scheme participants and is responsible for setting 
the investment, funding and governance policies of the fund. A representative of the Group attends Trustee Investment Committee meetings in order 
to provide the Group’s view on investment strategy, but the ultimate power lies with the Trustees. The Deed and Rules of the Morrison Scheme gives 
the Trustees the power to set contributions. In the Safeway Schemes and the RSP this power is given to the Group, subject to regulatory override. 

The latest full actuarial valuations have been carried out as at 1 April 2013 for the Safeway Schemes and 5 April 2013 for the Morrison Scheme and the 
RSP. The results of these valuations for the CARE Schemes have been used and updated for IAS 19 ‘Employee benefits’ purposes for the period to 
31 January 2016 by a qualified independent actuary. For the RSP, an actuarial valuation for the purposes of IAS 19, based on member data as at 31 January 
2016, has been completed by an independent actuary. The Schemes expose the Group to inflation risk, interest rate risk and market investment risk. 
In addition, the CARE Schemes expose the Group to longevity risk.

8.3 Scheme assets
Assets of the Schemes generate returns and ultimately cash that is used to satisfy the Schemes’ obligations. They are not necessarily intended to 
be realised in the short term. The Trustees of each Scheme invest in different categories of asset and in different allocations amongst those assets, 
according to the investment principles of that Scheme. 

Currently, the investment strategy of the CARE Schemes is to maintain a balance of approximately 40% growth assets (comprising equities and 
diversified growth funds) and 60% bond-like-assets (comprising liability driven investments, corporate bonds and multi asset credit investments). 
RSP investments are currently based primarily in equities, however approximately 25% are in bond-like-assets. There are no direct investments 
in the parent Company’s own shares or property occupied by any member of the Group. 

Fair value of Scheme assets:

Equities (quoted)
Corporate bonds (quoted)
Diversified growth funds (quoted)
Illiquid credit (unquoted)
Liability driven investments (unquoted)
Cash (quoted)
Total

2016
CARE  
£m
681
833
734
271
1,286
7
3,812

2016
RSP  
£m
98
–
–
–
34
6
138

2015
CARE  
£m
1,403
1,109
–
–
1,534
4
4,050

2015
RSP  
£m
84
–
–
–
–
3
87

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1690

8 Pensions continued

8.3 Scheme assets continued
Liability driven investments (LDI)
The policy in the CARE Schemes is to limit investment risk and to manage the liabilities in order to reduce fluctuations in the Schemes’ funding levels. 
This is achieved through the use of ‘liability driven investments’ (LDI), whose main goal is to have sufficient assets to meet all current and future 
liabilities as they fall due. LDI involves the use of derivatives such as swaps and other investment instruments. There are no annuities or longevity swaps.

The movement in the fair value of the Schemes’ assets over the period was as follows:

Fair value of scheme assets at start of period 
Interest income 
Return on scheme assets excluding interest 
Employer contributions 
Employee contributions 
Benefits paid 
Administrative expenses
Fair value of scheme assets at end of period

2016
CARE  
£m
4,050
123
(299)
27
1
(87)
(3)
3,812

2016
RSP  
£m
87
3
(5)
49
6
(1)
(1)
138

2015
CARE 
£m
3,058
137
879
46
1
(68)
(3)
4,050

2015
RSP 
£m
39
3
9
39
2
(4)
(1)
87

The Group previously entered into an agreement under which it contributed interests in a Scottish Limited Partnership (SLP) valued at £90m 
(as at 30 January 2013) to the CARE Schemes. During the year the Group agreed to provide an additional asset contribution of £150m. 

The CARE Schemes’ interests in the SLP reduce the respective deficits on a funding basis, although the agreements do not affect the position directly 
on an IAS 19 accounting basis because the investments held by the CARE Schemes do not qualify as assets for IAS 19 purposes. The additional £150m 
assets to be contributed to the SLP do not affect the funding or accounting position. 

As partners in the SLP, the CARE Schemes are entitled to receive a share of the profits of the SLP twice a year for 20 years. The profits shared with the 
Schemes are reflected in the Group financial statements as pension contributions. The SLP made a cash contribution of £6.6m during the year ending 
31 January 2016, and may make annual contributions of £6.6m for a further 17 years, dependent on funding levels in the schemes.

8.4 Present value of obligations
The movement in the defined benefit obligation over the period was as follows:

Defined benefit obligation at start of period 
Current service cost 
Interest expense 
Actuarial loss – demographic assumptions
Actuarial gain/(loss) – financial assumptions 
Actuarial gain – experience
Curtailment gain
Employee contributions 
Benefits paid 
Defined benefit obligation at end of period

2016
CARE
£m
(4,093)
(24)
(123)
–
517
–
3
(1)
87
(3,634)

2016
RSP
£m 
(83)
(62)
(3)
–
18
5
–
(6)
1
(130)

2015
CARE 
£m 
(3,071)
(43)
(137)
(21)
(889)
–
1
(1)
68
(4,093)

2015
RSP 
£m
(37)
(37)
(2)
–
(16)
7
–
(2)
4
(83)

The durations of the defined benefit obligations at the end of the 2016 reporting period are: RSP 20 years; Morrisons CARE 25 years; Safeway CARE 23 
years. The weighted average duration of all three schemes is 23 years.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 20168 Pensions continued

8.4 Present value of obligations continued
8.4.1 Significant actuarial assumptions 
The following are the principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages):

Financial assumptions
Discount rate applied to scheme liabilities (% p.a.)
Inflation assumption (RPI) (% p.a.)

Life expectancies
Longevity in years from age 65 for current pensioners
Male
Female
Longevity in years from age 65 for current members aged 45
Male
Female

2016
CARE
3.70%
3.20%

2016
CARE

22.6
24.1

24.9
26.5

2016
RSP
3.70%
3.20%

2016
RSP

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a

2015
CARE
3.10%
3.10%

2015
CARE

22.6
24.0

24.8
26.4

91

2015
RSP
3.10%
3.10%

2015
RSP

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a

Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based on actuarial advice and in accordance with published statistics. The mortality tables 
used at both year ends 2015 and 2016 are the S1PMA/S1PFA-Heavy tables (males/females) based on year of birth. Following analysis completed as part 
of the 2013 actuarial valuations a scaling factor of 110% was applied to the mortality tables used in the Morrison Scheme. Amongst the UK population, 
there is a continuing trend for a generation to live longer than the preceding generation. For the 2015 and 2016 year ends, and in line with the 2013 
actuarial valuations the mortality projections used the CMI 2012 rates with an annual rate of improvement of 1.5% p.a.

Related actuarial assumptions (expressed as weighted averages)

Rate of increases in salaries (% p.a.)
Rate of increase of pensions in payment: RPI inflation capped  
at either 2.5% p.a. or 5% p.a. (% p.a.)
Pre-retirement revaluation for active members (% p.a.)
Rate of increase of pensions in deferment: CPI inflation capped  
at either 2.5% p.a. or 5% p.a. (% p.a.)
CPI inflation (% p.a.)

2016
CARE
–

2.10%/3.20%
–

2016
RSP
2.20%

–
1.80%

2015
CARE
3.10%

2.10%/3.10%
3.10%

2015
RSP
2.30%

–
1.80%

–/2.20%
2.20%

2.20%/–
2.20%

–/2.30%
2.30%

2.30%/–
2.30%

8.4.2 Sensitivity analysis on significant actuarial assumptions 
The following table summarises the impact on the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period if each of the significant actuarial 
assumptions listed above were changed, in isolation, assuming no other changes in market conditions at the accounting date. In practice, any 
movement in assumptions could be accompanied by a partially offsetting change in asset values, and the corresponding overall impact on 
the net asset is therefore likely to be lower than the amounts below in a number of scenarios. Extrapolation of the sensitivities shown may 
not be appropriate.

Discount rate applied to Scheme obligations
Inflation assumption (RPI and associated assumptions)
Longevity

+/– 0.1% p.a.
+/– 0.1% p.a.
+/– one year

2016
CARE 
–/+83
+/–76
+141

2016
RSP 
–/+3
+/–2
–

2015
CARE 
–/+99
+/–89
+159

2015
RSP 
–/+2
+/–1
–

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1692

8 Pensions continued

8.5 Funding
The CARE Schemes and the RSP are funded schemes to which both employees and the Group contribute. The Morrison Scheme is entirely funded 
by the parent Company and the Safeway Scheme is funded by Safeway Limited and its subsidiaries. The Group’s subsidiaries participate in the RSP. 
There is no contractual agreement or stated policy for charging the net defined benefit cost between the parent Company and its subsidiaries. 
The contribution of each participating subsidiary to the RSP is calculated in proportion to the number of employees that are members of the RSP. 

The current best estimate of Group contributions to be paid for the accounting period commencing 31 January 2016 is £67m. This estimate includes 
amounts payable from the SLP and salary sacrificed contributions from employees.

8.6 Closure of CARE Schemes to future accrual
In July 2015, the Group reached an agreement with the trustees of the CARE Schemes to close the Schemes to future accrual. The financial effect 
of this is to reduce the Group’s exposure to future volatility, increases in pension liabilities and cost.

Subsequently, the Group has entered into an agreement to contribute additional assets into the SLP. For further details of this agreement see note 8.3.

8.7 Defined contribution scheme set up costs
As previously announced the Group intends to open a new defined contribution pension scheme for colleagues. This scheme will become the Auto 
Enrolment scheme and as such the Group will be liable for backdated contributions for eligible colleagues to 1 October 2012. The estimated set up 
costs relating to backdated contributions for the period 1 October 2012 to 31 January 2016 is £35m. 

9 Share-based payments 

9.1 Accounting policy
Share-based payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees in exchange for services rendered by them. The fair value of the  
share-based award is calculated at the date of grant and is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period with a corresponding increase in 
equity. This is based on the Group’s estimate of share options that will eventually vest. This takes into account movement of non-market conditions, 
being service conditions and financial performance, if relevant.

The fair value of share options is measured by use of a binomial stochastic model. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based 
on management’s best estimate, for effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

The charge in the period for share-based payments was £11m (2015: £11m).

9.2 Share save schemes
The Share save scheme began in May 2000 and all employees (including Executive Directors) are eligible once the necessary service requirements have 
been met. The scheme allows participants to save up to a maximum of £350 each month for a fixed period of three years. Options are offered at a 
discount to the mid-market closing price on the day prior to the offer and are exercisable for a period of six months commencing after the end of the 
fixed period of the contract. The exercise of options under this scheme is subject only to service conditions. The schemes that launched in May 2011 
and subsequently are under the new scheme rules approved by the shareholders in June 2010.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 20169 Share-based payments continued

9.2 Share save schemes continued
The fair value of options granted, and the inputs used to determine it are as follows:

Grant date
Share price at grant date
Fair value of options granted
Exercise price
Dividend yield
Annual risk free interest rate
Expected volatility1
1  The volatility measured at the standard deviation of expected share price returns is based on statistical analysis on weekly share prices over the past 3.37 years prior to the date of grant.

20 May 2014
£2.10
£11.6m
£1.64
6.21%
1.00%
18.3%

19 May 2015
£1.81
£4.8m
£1.64
5.15%
1.06%
22.7%

13 May 2013
£2.83
£8.1m
£2.25
4.17%
0.45%
16.8%

93

14 May 2012
£2.79
£9.1m
£2.36
3.69%
0.53%
19.4%

The requirement that the employee has to save in order to purchase shares under the Share save plan is a non-vesting condition. This feature has been 
incorporated into the fair value at grant date by applying a discount to the valuation obtained from the binomial stochastic option pricing model. 
The discount is determined by estimating the probability that the employee will stop saving based on expected future trends in the share price and 
employee behaviour. 

Movement in outstanding options
Outstanding at start of period
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Outstanding at end of period
Exercisable at end of period

Share options exercised in the financial period

Share options outstanding at the end of the period

Range of exercise prices

Weighted average remaining contractual life

Weighted average 
exercise price in  
£ per share

1.85
1.64
1.66
1.93
1.72
2.36

Weighted average 
share price at date  
of exercise  
£
1.66

2016

Options 
thousands

50,785
21,729
(70)
(23,617)
48,827
17

2016

Number of  
shares 
thousands
70

2016

Weighted average 
exercise price in  
£ per share

2.30
1.64
2.28
2.16
1.85
2.28

Weighted average 
share price at date  
of exercise  
£
2.28

2015

Options 
thousands

42,993
41,208
(42)
(33,374)
50,785
56

2015

Number of  
shares 
thousands
42

2015

£1.64 to £2.36

2.2 years

£1.64 to £2.36

2.5 years

9.3 Long term incentive plans
In May 2007, a discretionary LTIP for the benefit of certain employees was introduced. The awards have no exercise price and accrue the value 
of dividends over the vesting period.

LTIP grants issued before 2013 are subject to the performance conditions, as stated below. Since 2013, the performance conditions apply to Executive 
Committee members only. Senior employees eligible for LTIPs have to satisfy a service condition only. Given the size of the Executive Committee, 
the fair value of the LTIP grants assumes no leavers. The leavers assumptions below relate to the senior employees only.

Awards normally vest three years after the original grant date, provided the relevant performance criteria have been met.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1694

9 Share-based payments continued

9.3 Long term incentive plans continued
The fair value of awards granted and the inputs used to determined it are as follows:

Grant date
Share price at grant date
Assumed leavers (Senior employees only)
Performance criteria (Executive Committee only)
Fair value of share awards
1  One colleague was granted awards on 22 January 2016. The awards are subject to the same conditions as the awards above.

22 Apr  
2014
£2.02
10%
50%
£1.8m £5.3m £0.9m £3.0m £16.7m

 16 Oct  
2014
£1.57
10%
–

23 Apr  
2015
£1.97
–
56%

01 Oct  
20151
£1.74
–
56%

20 Jun  
2014
£1.91
–
–

Movement in outstanding share awards
Outstanding at start of period
Granted
Forfeited
Outstanding at end of period
Exercisable at end of period

17 Oct  
2013
£2.79
20%
–

22 Apr  
2013
£2.80
20%
–
£1.5m £18.8m

15 Oct  
2012
£2.75
5%
–

13 Apr  
2012
£2.91
5%
–
£1.5m £28.1m

2016

Share awards 
thousands

2015

Share awards 
thousands

18,793
3,711
 (2,225)
20,279
–

10,444
10,484
(2,135)
18,793
–

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the share awards is 1.1 years (2015: 2.3 years).

9.4 One-off share awards
As part of the package for certain senior management, restricted share awards may be granted. These are primarily designed to replace the value 
of share scheme awards forfeited from the previous employer. Vesting of these awards is subject only to service conditions.

The fair value of awards granted and the inputs used to determined it are as follows:

Grant date
Share price at grant date
Assumed leavers
Fair value of share awards granted

2016
£1.72
–
£0.1m

2015
£2.12
–
£0.4m

There are 175,029 share awards outstanding at the end of the period (2015: 165,358). The movement during the period is entirely the result of options 
being granted. The weighted average remaining contractual life of the share awards is 0.8 years (2015: 1.1 years).

9.5 Restricted share award 
Following the non-vesting of the 2011 and 2012 LTIP, a decision was made to replace the LTIP for those colleagues below the Executive Committee 
with restricted share awards. This scheme is not subject to financial performance measures. The awards vest subject to a requirement to remain 
in employment for a certain period; half the awards vest after one year and the remaining half after two years.

The fair value of awards granted and the inputs used to determined it are as follows:

Grant date
Share price at grant date
Assumed leavers
Fair value of share awards granted
1  Vested in April 2014.
2  Vested in April 2015.

22 April 20131
£2.80
20%
£7.1m

22 April 20132
£2.80
20%
£7.1m

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 20169 Share-based payments continued

9.5 Restricted share award continued

Movement in outstanding share awards
Outstanding at start of period
Exercised
Lapsed
Outstanding at end of period

95

2016

Share awards 
thousands

2015

Share awards 
thousands

2,340
(1,808)
(531)
1

4,926
(2,453)
(133)
2,340

9.6 Deferred share bonus plan
Certain members of senior management participate in the deferred share bonus plan under which 50% of any bonus payable is deferred in shares for 
three years from the date the deferred share award is made. Dividend equivalents accrue over the vesting period, to be paid when the shares vest. 
Vesting of these share awards is subject only to service conditions.

The fair value of awards granted and the inputs used to determine it:

Grant date
Share price at grant date
Assumed leavers
Exercise price
Fair value of share awards granted

Movement in outstanding share awards
Outstanding at start of period
Granted
Exercised
Lapsed
Outstanding at end of period

2015/16 scheme
£2.05
–
£nil
£1.1m

2014/15 scheme
£2.10
–
£nil
£0.6m

2016

Share awards 
thousands

2015

Share awards 
thousands

815
559
(432)
(529)
413

937
286
(408)
–
815

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the share awards is 1.9 years (2015: 0.9 years).

10 Other

10.1 Related party transactions
The Group’s related party transactions in the period include the remuneration of the senior managers (note 1.7), and the Directors’ emoluments 
and pension entitlements, share awards and share options in the audited section of the Directors’ remuneration report, which forms part of these 
financial statements.

During the year, the Group received a dividend of £8m (2015: £nil) from MHE JVCo. The Group owns 50% of the equity of MHE JVCo.

10.2 Post balance sheet events
Following IAS 10 ‘Events after the Balance Sheet Date’, the Group continues to disclose events that it considers material and non-disclosure of which 
can influence the economic decisions of users of the financial statements.

On 22 February 2016, the Group repaid its $250m USPP facility of £174m which was due to mature in November 2026. The Directors consider this event 
as a non-adjusting post balance sheet event.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1696

10 Other continued

10.3 Full list of related undertakings

Subsidiaries of Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC
Bos Brothers Fruit and Vegetables B.V.
De Mandeville Gate Management Limited
Erith Pier Company Limited
Farmers Boy Limited
Farock Insurance Company Limited
Firsdell Limited
Holsa Limited
I Morrisons.com Limited
International Seafoods Limited
Kiddicare Properties Limited
MHE JV Co Limited
Morrisons Food Online Limited
Morrisons-online.com Limited
My Morrisons.com Limited
Neerock Farming Limited 
Neerock Limited
Optimisation Developments Limited
Optimisation Investments Limited
Perimeter Holdings Limited
Rathbone Kear Limited
Safeway Limited
Wm Morrison GP 1 Limited
Wm Morrison GP 2 Limited
Wm Morrison GP 3 Limited
Wm Morrison (HK) Limited
Wm Morrison LP 1 Limited
Wm Morrison LP 2 Limited
Wm Morrison LP 3 Limited
Wm Morrison Nominee 1 Limited
Wm Morrison Nominee 2 Limited
Wm Morrison Nominee 3 Limited
Wm Morrison Online Limited
Wm Morrison Pension Trustee Limited
Wm Morrison Produce Limited
Wm Morrison Property Investments Limited
Wm Morrison Supermarket Stores Limited
1  During the year the operations of Bos Bros Fruit and Vegetables B.V. changed from a manufacturing business to a sourcing agent.

Principal activity
Acquirer of food products1
Property maintenance
Property maintenance
Manufacturer and distributor of fresh food products
Insurance captive
Property investment 
Dormant
Dormant
Preparation and supply of seafood
Lease company
Joint venture with Ocado
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Agricultural activities
Fresh meat processor
Property development
Property investment
Property development
Manufacturer and distributor of bread
Holding company
General partner in a partnership
General partner in a partnership
General partner in a partnership
Acquirer of non-food products
Limited partner in a partnership
Limited partner in a partnership
Limited partner in a partnership
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Produce packer
General partner in a partnership
Dormant

Subsidiaries of other Group companies
Alliance Property Holdings Limited
Amos Hinton & Sons Limited
Argyle Securities Limited
Argyll Foods Limited
Argyll Stores (Holdings) Limited
Ascot Road Watford Limited
Cancede Limited
Evermere Limited
Cordon Bleu Freezer Food Centres Limited

Principal activity
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Property development
Property investment
Dormant
Dormant

Equity holding 
%
100
51
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Equity holding
%
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Group financial statements continued52 weeks ended 31 January 201610 Other continued

10.3 Full list of related undertakings continued

Subsidiaries of other Group companies continued
Divertigo Limited
English Real Estates Limited
Evermere Limited
Farmers Boy (Deeside) Limited
Federated Properties Limited
Flower World Limited
Freehold Investments Limited
J3 Property Limited
Lease Securities Limited
Maypole Limited
MDW (Eastbourne) Limited
Monument Hill Properties Limited
Newincco 1072 Limited
Oldwest Limited
Presto Stores (LC) Limited
Presto Stores Limited
Rathbones Bakeries Limited
RP (No.37) Limited
Safeway (Overseas) Limited
Safeway Development Limited
Safeway Food Stores Limited
Safeway Pensions Trustees Company Limited
Safeway Pension Trustees Limited
Safeway Properties Limited
Safeway QUEST Trustees Limited
Safeway Stores (Gibraltar) Pension Trustees Limited
Safeway Stores (Ireland) Limited
Safeway Stores Limited
Safeway Trustee (FURB) Limited
Simply Fresh Foods Holdings Limited
Simply Fresh Foods Limited
Stalwart Investments Limited
Stores Group Limited
The Home & Colonial Stores Limited
The Medical Hall Limited
Tower Centre Hoddesdon Limited
Trilogy (Leamington Spa) Limited
Velligrist Limited
Wm Morrison Bananas Limited
Wm Morrison Property Partnership LP
Wm Morrison Property Partnership 1 Limited Partnership
Wm Morrison Property Partnership 2 Limited Partnership
Wm Morrison Property Partnership 3 Limited Partnership

Principal activity
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Property holding company
Dormant
Property holding company
Holding company
Dormant
Property development
Property development
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Property development
Grocery retailer
Dormant
Holding company
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Grocery retailer
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Property holding company
Investment company
Dormant
Pharmaceutical licence holder (Gibraltar)
Property development
Property development
Dormant
Banana ripening
Scottish Limited Property Partnership
Property partnership
Property partnership
Property partnership

97

Equity holding
%
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Annual report and financial statements 2015/1698

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC – Company balance sheet
31 January 2016

Fixed assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment1
Investment property
Investments
Investment in joint venture

Current assets
Stock
Debtors
Net pension asset due after more than one year
Derivative financial assets due within one year
Derivative financial assets due after more than one year
Cash and cash equivalents

Creditors – amounts falling due within one year
Derivative financial liabilities due within one year
Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities
Creditors – amounts falling due after more than one year
Derivative financial liabilities due after more than one year
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions for liabilities
Net assets

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital
Share premium
Capital redemption reserve
Merger reserve
Hedging reserve
Retained earnings
Total shareholders’ funds
1  Included in Property, plant and equipment above is £nil (2015: £12m) relating to the net book value of assets held-for-sale at the balance sheet date.

Note

11.6

11.7

11.8

11.9

11.10

11.16

11.13

11.13

11.11

11.13

11.12

11.13

11.14

11.15

11.17

11.17

11.18

11.18

11.18

11.18

2016 
£m

465
2,149
17
3,470
65
6,166

390
2,674
69
12
30
401
3,576
(2,939)
(17)
620

6,786
(1,974)
(55)
(132)
(254)
4,371

234
127
39
2,578
(10)
1,403
4,371

2015 
£m

501
2,359
32
3,470
68
6,430

420
2,290
15
6
–
–
2,731
(1,993)
(18)
720

7,150
(2,296)
(50)
(113)
(216)
4,475

234
127
39
2,578
(22)
1,519
4,475

The accounting policies on pages 100 to 102 and the notes on pages 103 to 115 form part of these financial statements. 

The financial statements on pages 98 to 115 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 9 March 2016. They were signed on its 
behalf by:

Trevor Strain
Chief Financial Officer

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC – Company statement of changes in equity
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

Current period 
At 2 February 2015
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income:
Cash flow hedging movement
Pension remeasurement
Tax in relation to components of other 
comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period
Purchase of trust shares
Employee share option schemes:
Share-based payments
Dividends
Total transactions with owners
At 31 January 2016

Prior period 
At 3 February 2014
Profit for the financial period
Other comprehensive income/(expense):

Cash flow hedging movement
Pension remeasurement
Tax in relation to components of other 
comprehensive income

Total comprehensive (expense)/income for 
the period
Purchase of trust shares
Employee share option schemes:

Share-based payments

Dividends
Total transactions with owners
At 1 February 2015

Note

11.19.1

11.14

6.5

11.5

1.8

Note

11.19.1
11.19.2

11.19.2

11.14

6.5

11.5
1.8

Share
capital
£m

234
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
234

Share
capital
£m

234
–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
234

Share
premium
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m

127
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
127

39
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
39

Share
premium
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m

127
–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
127

39
–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
39

Attributable to the owners of the Company

Hedging
reserve
£m

Retained 
earnings
£m

(22)
–

16
–

(4)
12
–

–
–
–
(10)

1,519
91

–
69

(14)
146
(13)

11
(260)
(262)
1,403

Total 
equity
£m

4,475
91

16
69

(18)
158
(13)

11
(260)
(262)
4,371

Attributable to the owners of the Company

Hedging
reserve
£m

Retained 
earnings
£m

(15)
–

(9)
–

2

(7)
–

–
–
–
(22)

791
1,031

–
2

–

1,033
(8)

11
(308)
(305)
1,519

Total 
equity
£m

3,754
1,031

(9)
2

2

1,026
(8)

11
(308)
(305)
4,475

Merger 
reserve
£m

2,578
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
2,578

Merger 
reserve
£m

2,578
–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
2,578

The accounting policies on pages 100 to 102 and the notes on pages 103 to 115 form part of these financial statements.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC – Company accounting policies 
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

11 Company financial statements

11.1 General information
The principal activity of Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC (the Company) is the operation of retail supermarket stores under the Morrisons brand 
and associated activities. The Company is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The address of its registered office is Hilmore House, 
Gain Lane, Bradford, BD3 7DL, United Kingdom.

11.2 Basis of preparation
These separate financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101, ‘Reduced Disclosure 
Framework’ (FRS 101) and the Companies Act 2006 (the Act). FRS 101 sets out a reduced disclosure framework for a ‘qualifying entity’ as defined in the 
standard which addresses the financial reporting requirements and disclosure exemptions in the individual financial statements of qualifying entities 
that otherwise apply the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements of EU-adopted IFRS. 

The Company is a qualifying entity for the purposes of FRS 101 as it is a member of a group which prepares publicly available consolidated financial 
statements and it is included in the consolidation for that group.

These are the first financial statements of the Company prepared in accordance with FRS 101. The Company’s date of transition to FRS 101 is 3 February 
2014. As the Company is adopting FRS 101 in its own separate financial statements at a later date than it adopted EU-adopted IFRS in its consolidated 
financial statements, it has based the measurement of its assets and liabilities at its transition date on those used by the Group, as required by IFRS 1. 

The accounting policies set out in note 11.3 have been applied in preparing the financial statements for the 52 week period ending 31 January 2016, the 
comparative information presented in these financial statements for the 52 week period ending 1 February 2015 and in the preparation of an opening 
FRS 101 balance sheet at 3 February 2014.

FRS 101 sets out amendments to EU-adopted IFRS that are necessary to achieve compliance with the Act and related Regulations. In preparing its 
opening FRS 101 balance sheet, the Company has adjusted the amounts reported previously in the financial statements prepared under UK GAAP. 
The impact of the transition to FRS 101 to the Company’s previously adopted accounting policies in accordance with UK GAAP is disclosed in note 11.19.

The Company has notified its shareholders in writing about, and they do not object to, the use of disclosure exemptions used by the Company in 
these financial statements.

The disclosure exemptions adopted by the Company in preparation of these financial statements in accordance with FRS 101 are as follows:

a)   IFRS 2, ‘Share-based payment’ (paragraphs 45(b) and 46 to 52) – details of the number and weighted-average exercise prices of share options, 

and how the fair value of goods or services received was determined;

b)  IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’;

c)   IFRS 13, ‘Fair value measurement’ (paragraphs 91 to 99) – disclosure of valuation techniques and inputs used for fair value measurement of assets 

and liabilities;

d)  IAS 1, ‘Presentation of financial statements’ (paragraph 38) – comparative information requirements in respect of:

(i)   paragraph 79(a)(iv) of IAS 1;

(ii)  paragraph 73(e) of IAS 16, ‘Property, plant and equipment’;

(iii) paragraph 118(e) of IAS 38, ‘Intangible assets’ – reconciliations between the carrying amount at the beginning and end of the period;

(iv) paragraph 76 and 79(d) of IAS 40 ‘Investment property’;

e)  The following paragraphs of IAS 1, ‘Presentation of financial statements’:

(iv) 10(d), (statement of cash flows);

(v)  111 (cash flow statement information); and

(vi) 134-136 (capital management disclosures);

f)  IAS 7, ‘Statement of cash flows’;

g)   IAS 8 ‘Accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and errors’ (paragraph 30 and 31) – requirement for the disclosure of information 

when an entity has not applied a new IFRS that has been issued but is not yet effective;

h)  The following requirements of IAS 24, ‘Related party disclosures’:

(i)   paragraph 17 – key management compensation; and

(ii)  the requirements to disclose related party transactions entered into with two or more wholly owned members of a group.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101

11 Company financial statements continued

11.2 Basis of preparation continued
In addition to the FRS 101 exemptions above, the Company has taken advantage of the exemption available under section 408 of the Companies Act 
2006 and not presented a profit and loss account for the Company.

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention except as disclosed in the accounting 
policies in note 11.3.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with FRS 101 requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management 
to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or 
complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are the same for the Company as they are for 
the Group. For further details, see page 59 in the Group financial statements.

Accounting reference date
The accounting period of the Company ends on the Sunday falling between 29 January and 4 February each year.

New and amended standards adopted by the Company
Financial Reporting Standard 101, ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ has been adopted and the standard has been applied for the first time for the 
financial year beginning 2 February 2015. The impact of this has been disclosed in note 11.19.

11.3 Summary of accounting policies
The accounting policies listed below are the same for the Company as for the Group. As such, for further detail see the following notes:

Intangible assets (3.1);

Lessee accounting – operating leases (6.1);

Investment property (3.1);
Impairment of non-financial assets (3.1);
Lessor accounting – operating leases (3.1);

a)  Revenue recognition (1.1);
b)  Cost of sales (1.1);
c)  Promotional funding and commercial income (1.1); 
d)  Other operating income (1.1);
e)  Taxation (2.1);
f) 
g)  Property, plant and equipment (3.1);
h) 
i) 
j) 
k)  Finance leases (3.1);
l) 
m)  Sale and leaseback (6.1);
n)  Stock (5.1);
o)  Trade and other debtors (5.1);
p)  Cash and cash equivalents (5.1);
q)  Trade and other creditors (5.1);
r)  Provisions (5.1);
s)  Borrowings and borrowing costs (6.1);
t)  Share capital (6.1); 
u)  Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting (7.1); 
v)  Pensions (8); 
w)  Share-based payments (9); and
x)  Post balance sheet events (10.2).

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16102

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC – Company accounting policies continued
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

11 Company financial statements continued

11.3 Summary of accounting policies continued
The following accounting policies are those policies which are specific, and which deal with items considered material, in relation to the Company’s 
financial statements.

Investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings and joint ventures are stated at cost less provision for impairment.

All other equity instruments are held for long term investment and are measured at fair value, where the fair value can be measured reliably. Gains or 
losses arising from changes in the fair value are presented in the profit and loss account within finance income or expenses in the period they arise. 

Where the fair value of the instruments cannot be measured reliably, for example, when there is variability in the range of estimates, the investments 
are recognised at cost less accumulated impairment losses. 

Impairment losses or reversals of previous impairment losses are presented in the profit and loss account in the period they arise.

Contingent liabilities
Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose existence will be confirmed only on the occurrence or non-occurrence of uncertain future events 
outside the Company’s control, or present obligations that are not recognised because it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be 
required to settle the obligation or the amount cannot be measured reliably. The Company does not recognise contingent liabilities but does disclose 
any such balances (see note 11.22). The disclosure includes an estimate of their potential financial effect and any uncertainties relating to the amount 
or timing of any outflow, unless the possibility of settlement is remote.

Financial guarantees
Where the Company enters into financial contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within its Group, the Company considers these 
to be insurance arrangements, and accounts for them as such. In this respect, the Company treats the guarantee contract as a contingent liability until 
such time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make a payment under the guarantee.

11.4 Profit and loss account
The profit after tax for the Company for the 52 week period ended 31 January 2016 was £91m (52 weeks ended 1 February 2015: restated profit after tax 
of £1,031m). For a reconciliation of the impact of FRS 101 on the 2015 profit after tax see note 11.19. The Company’s auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
charged £0.4m (2015: £0.4m) for audit services in the year, £nil (2015: £nil) for services related to taxation and £0.4m (2015: £0.3m) for other services. 

During the period the Company disposed of its subsidiary Wm Morrison Convenience Stores Limited and associated assets to MLCG Limited. 
For further disclosure see note 4.5.

11.5 Share-based payments
The Company issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees in exchange for services rendered by them. The fair value of the 
share-based award is calculated at the date of grant and is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period with a corresponding increase 
in equity. This is based on the Company’s estimate of share options that will eventually vest. This takes into account movement of non-market 
conditions, being service conditions and financial performance, if relevant.

The fair value of share options is measured by use of a binomial stochastic model. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based 
on management’s best estimate, for effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

The charge in the period for share-based payments was £11m (2015: £11m). 

Further details of the Company’s share schemes are disclosed in note 9, including:

a)   a description of the type of share-based payment arrangements that existed during the reporting period, including general terms and conditions, 

maximum terms of options granted, and the method of entitlement;

b)  weighted average share price information in respect of options exercised during the reporting period; and

c)  the range of exercise prices and weighted average remaining contractual life of share options outstanding at the end of the reporting period.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements Notes to the Company financial statements
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

11 Company financial statements continued

11.6 Intangible assets

Cost
At 2 February 2015
Additions
Interest capitalised
Disposals
Fully written down assets
At 31 January 2016
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 2 February 2015
Charged in the period
Disposals
Fully written down assets
At 31 January 2016

Net book amount at 31 January 2016

103

Total
£m

654
61
4
(12)
(42)
665

153
94
(5)
(42)
200

465

Licences
£m

Software
development
costs 
£m

33
6
–
(1)
(8)
30

19
9
(1)
(8)
19

11 

621
55
4
(11)
(34)
635

134
85
(4)
(34)
181

454

The Company has performed its annual assessment of its amortisation policies and asset lives and deemed them to be appropriate. No changes have 
been made to asset lives during the year.

In previous years, fully amortised assets have been retained in the Company’s fixed asset register and included in the table above. In order to provide 
greater understanding of the Company’s annual amortisation charge, these assets have been removed from both cost and accumulated amortisation 
brought forward and in the current year.

Included within software development costs are assets under construction of £16m (2015: £150m).

The cost of financing asset developments prior to them being ready for use has been included in the cost of the project. 

The cumulative amount of interest capitalised in the total cost above amounts to £41m (2015: £37m). Interest is capitalised at the effective interest rate 
of 5% (2015: 5%) incurred on borrowings.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16 
 
104

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

11 Company financial statements continued

11.7 Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 2 February 2015 
Additions
Transfer from investment property
Transfers to other Group companies
Disposals
Fully written down assets
At 31 January 2016
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 2 February 2015
Charged in the period
Transfer from investment property
Transfers to other Group companies
Disposals
Fully written down assets
At 31 January 2016

Net book amount at 31 January 2016

Freehold 
land 
£m

Freehold 
buildings 
£m

Leasehold 
land &  
buildings  
£m

Plant,  
equipment, 
fixtures & vehicles
£m

884
1
–
(15)
(27)
–
843

193
–
–
(5)
(8)
–
180

663 

1,639
–
1
(17)
(125)
–
1,498

643
37
1
(1)
(27)
–
653

845 

719
44
–
–
(88)
–
675

416
7
–
–
(46)
–
377

298

797
105
–
(2)
(77)
(84)
739

428
96
–
(1)
(43)
(84)
396

343

Total
£m

4,039
150
1
(34)
(317)
(84)
3,755

1,680
140
1
(7)
(124)
(84)
1,606

2,149

The Company has performed its annual assessment of its depreciation policies and asset lives and deemed them to be appropriate. No changes have 
been made to asset lives during the year.

In previous years, fully depreciated assets have been retained in the Company’s fixed asset register and included in the table above. In order to provide 
greater understanding of the Company’s annual depreciation charge, these assets have been removed from both cost and accumulated depreciation 
brought forward and in the current year.

Included in the note above is an amount of £843m (2015: £884m) relating to non-depreciable land and £6m (2015: £13m) of assets under construction. 

The cost of assets held under finance leases at 31 January 2016 is £353m (2015: £322m), with related accumulated depreciation of £143m (2015: £123m). 

The cost of financing asset developments prior to them being ready for use has been included in the cost of the project. The cumulative amount of 
interest capitalised in the total cost above amounts to £73m (2015: £73m). Interest is capitalised at the effective interest rate of 5% (2015: 5%) incurred 
on borrowings.

The Company considers that each store is a separate cash generating unit (CGU) and therefore considers every store for an indication of impairment 
annually. The Company calculates each store’s recoverable amount and compares this amount to its book value. The recoverable amount is 
determined as the higher of ‘value in use’ and ‘fair value less costs of disposal’. If the recoverable amount is less than the book value, an impairment 
charge is recognised. The methodology applied by the Company is the same methodology as applied by the Group, see note 3.3 for further details.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11 Company financial statements continued

11.8 Investment property

Cost
At 2 February 2015
Transfer to property, plant and equipment
Disposals
At 31 January 2016
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 2 February 2015
Transfer to property, plant and equipment
Disposals
At 31 January 2016

Net book amount at 31 January 2016

105

Total
£m

56
(1)
(25)
30

24
(1)
(10)
13

17

Included in other operating income is £8m (2015: £16m) of rental income generated from investment properties. At the end of the period the fair 
value of investment properties was £39m (2015: £50m). Investment properties are valued by independent surveyors on a vacant possession basis using 
observable inputs (fair value hierarchy Level 2). 

11.9 Investments

Cost
At 31 January 2016 and 1 February 2015

Provision for impairment
At 31 January 2016 and 1 February 2015

Net book amount at 31 January 2016 and 1 February 2015

Investment  
in equity  
instruments 
£m

Investment  
in subsidiary 
undertakings 
£m

Total 
£m

3,471

3,440

31

–

31

1

1

3,439

3,470

A list of all of the Company’s subsidiaries is shown in note 10.3. The Directors believe that the carrying value of investments is supported by their 
underlying net assets.

11.10 Debtors – amounts falling due within one year

Trade debtors
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Other debtors
Current tax asset
Prepayments and accrued income

2016 
£m
122
2,249
–
92
211
2,674

2015 
£m
118
1,950
6
57
216
2,290

Prepayments includes £182m (2015: £180m) relating to amounts falling due after more than one year. Amounts owed by Group undertakings are 
unsecured and repayable on demand. 

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

11 Company financial statements continued

11.11 Creditors – amounts falling due within one year

Trade creditors
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Other taxation and social security
Other creditors
Bank overdraft
Accruals and deferred income

Amounts owed to Group undertakings within one year are unsecured and repayable on demand.

11.12 Creditors – amounts falling due after more than one year

$250m US private placement loan notes (USPP) 4.4% November 2026
£400m sterling bonds 4.625% December 2023
£400m sterling bonds 3.50% July 2026
€700m Euro bond 2.25% June 2020
£300m sterling bonds 4.75% July 2029
Revolving credit facility 
Amounts owed to Group undertakings

2016 
£m
1,609
740
124
89
–
377
2,939

2016 
£m
174
398
416
527
291
(5)
173
1,974

2015 
£m
1,379
113
73
89
24
315
1,993

2015 
£m
164
397
421
518
291
314
191
2,296

Borrowings are denominated in sterling, US dollars and euros, and bear fixed interest rates, with the exception of the revolving credit facility which 
bears floating interest rates. All borrowings are unsecured. The revolving credit facility incurs commitment fees at market rates and drawdowns bear 
interest at a spread above LIBOR.

In the event of default of covenants on the bank facility, the principal amounts and any interest accrued are repayable on demand.

Finance leases
Net obligations under finance leases of £173m (2015: £191m) are payable in two to five years, and are included in amounts owed to Group undertakings 
in the table above.

11.13 Derivative financial assets and liabilities

Assets due within one year
Foreign exchange forward contracts 

Assets due after more than one year
Cross-currency swaps and interest rate swaps 

Liabilities due within one year
Foreign exchange forward contracts 
Fuel and energy price contracts 

Liabilities due after more than one year
Cross-currency swaps and interest rate swaps 
Energy price contracts 

2016 
£m

2015 
£m

12
12

30
30

–
17
17

46
9
55

6
6

–
–

6
12
18

45
5
50

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
11 Company financial statements continued

11.13 Derivative financial assets and liabilities continued
Further details of the derivative financial instruments are provided in note 7, including:

a)  significant assumptions underlying the valuation; 

b)  fair value and the amounts recognised in profit and loss; and

c)  significant assumptions underlying the valuation. 

11.14 Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liability
Deferred tax asset
Net deferred tax liability

107

2016 
£m
149
(17)
132

2015 
£m
139
(26)
113

IAS 12 ‘Income taxes’ permits the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction. All of the deferred tax assets are available for offset against 
deferred tax liabilities. The movements in deferred tax liabilities during the period are shown below:

Current period
At 2 February 2015
Credited/(charged) to loss for the period
Credited to other comprehensive income and equity
At 31 January 2016

Prior period
At 3 February 2014 (as previously reported under UK GAAP)
Effect of changes in accounting policies
At 3 February 2014 (under FRS 101)
Charged to profit for the period
Charged to other comprehensive income and equity
At 1 February 2015

11.15 Provision for liabilities 

At 2 February 2015 
Charge recognised in profit and loss
(Utilised)/released during the period
Unwinding of discount
At 31 January 2016

Further details of the provisions are provided in note 5.5. 

Note

11.19.1

11.19.1

11.19.1

11.19.1

Property, 
plant and 
equipment 
£m

Pensions
£m

Other
short term
temporary
differences
£m

136
1
–
137

114
22
136
–
–
136

3
(5)
14
12

–
3
3
–
–
3

(26)
5
4
(17)

(27)
11
(16)
(8)
(2)
(26)

Onerous lease 
provision
£m
205
52
(19)
9
247

Other property 
provisions
£m
11
–
(4)
–
7

Total
£m

113
1
18
132

87
36
123
(8)
(2)
113

Total 
£m
216
52
(23)
9
254

11.16 Pensions
11.16.1 Defined benefit schemes: summary and description
The Company operates a defined benefit pension scheme (CARE) and a cash balance scheme (RSP). The CARE Scheme provides benefits based 
on age at date of retirement, years of service and a formula using either the employee’s compensation package or career average revalued earnings 
(CARE). The RSP is a cash balance scheme, which provides a lump sum benefit based upon a defined proportion of an employee’s annual earnings, 
which is revalued each year in line with inflation. For details on the scheme rules, the closure of the CARE Scheme to future accrual and the defined 
contribution set up costs see note 8. 

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

11 Company financial statements continued

11.16 Pensions continued
The position of each scheme at 31 January 2016 is as follows:

CARE Scheme
RSP
Net pension asset

2016 
£m
61
8
69

2015 
£m
11
4
15

At the year end, schemes in surplus have been disclosed within assets on the balance sheet. The Company has taken legal advice in respect of the 
CARE Scheme and the RSP with regard to the recognition of a pension surplus and also recognition of a minimum funding requirement under IFRIC 14 
‘IAS 19 – The limit on a defined benefit asset, minimum funding requirement and their interaction’. This advice concluded that recognition of a surplus 
is appropriate on the basis that the Company has an unconditional right to a refund of a surplus. Amendments to the current version of IFRIC 14 are 
currently being considered. The legal advice received by the Company has concluded that the above accounting treatment should not be affected 
by the current exposure draft of the revised wording to IFRIC 14.

The Schemes are registered schemes under the provisions of Schedule 36 of the Finance Act 2004 and the assets are held in legally separate, trustee-
administered funds. The Board of each Scheme is required by law to act in the best interest of the Scheme participants and is responsible for setting 
the investment, funding and governance policies of the fund. A representative of the Company attends Trustee Investment Committee meetings 
in order to provide the Company’s view on investment strategy, but the ultimate power lies with the Trustees. The Deed and Rules of the Morrison 
Scheme gives the Trustees the power to set contributions. In the RSP this power is given to the Company, subject to regulatory override. 

The latest full actuarial valuations were carried out as at 5 April 2013 for the Morrison Scheme and the RSP. The results of these valuations for the CARE 
Scheme have been used and updated for IAS 19 ‘Employee benefits’ purposes for the period to 31 January 2016 by a qualified independent actuary. 
For the RSP an actuarial valuation for the purposes of IAS19, based on member data as at 31 December 2015, has been completed and updated to 
1 February 2016 by a qualified independent actuary.

The Schemes expose the Company to inflation risk, interest rate risk and market investment risk. In addition, the CARE Scheme exposes the Company 
to longevity risk. The disclosures below show the details of the schemes combined:

Balance sheet:
Fair value of scheme assets
Present value of obligations
Net pension asset

2016 
CARE
£m
1,047
(986)
61

2016
RSP
£m 
138
(130)
8

2015 
CARE
£m
1,106
(1,095)
11

2015 
RSP
£m 
87
(83)
4

11.16.2 Scheme assets
Assets of the Schemes generate returns and ultimately cash that is used to satisfy the Schemes’ obligations. They are not necessarily intended to 
be realised in the short term. The Trustees of each Scheme invest in different categories of asset and in different allocations amongst those assets, 
according to the investment principles of that Scheme.

Currently, the investment strategy of the CARE Scheme is to maintain a balance of approximately 40% equities and 60% bond-like investments. 
RSP investments are currently based primarily in equities. There are no direct investments in the parent Company’s own shares or property occupied 
by any member of the Group. 

Fair value of Scheme assets:

Equities (quoted)
Corporate bonds (quoted)
Government bonds (quoted)
Liability driven investments (unquoted)
Illiquid credit (unquoted)
Scottish Limited Partnership (unquoted)
Cash (quoted)
Total

2016 
CARE
£m

182
225
195
342
72
29
2
1,047

2016
RSP
£m 

98
–
–
34
–
–
6
138

2015 
CARE
£m

364
288
–
421
–
32
1
1,106

2015 
RSP
£m 

87
–
–
–
–
–
–
87

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements 109

11 Company financial statements continued

11.16 Pensions continued
11.16.2 Scheme assets continued
Liability driven investments (LDI)
The policy in the CARE Scheme is to limit investment risk and to manage the liabilities in order to reduce fluctuations in the Scheme’s funding levels. 
This is achieved through the use of ‘liability driven investments’ (LDI), whose main goal is to have sufficient assets to meet all current and future 
liabilities as they fall due. LDI involves the use of derivatives such as swaps and other investment instruments. There are no annuities or longevity swaps.

The movement in the fair value of the Schemes’ assets over the period was as follows:

Fair value of scheme assets at start of period 
Interest income 
Return on scheme assets excluding interest 
Employer contributions 
Employee contributions 
Benefits paid 
Administrative expenses
Fair value of scheme assets at end of period

2016 
CARE
£m

1,106
34
(82)
12
–
(21)
(2)
1,047

2016
RSP
£m 

87
3
(5)
49
6
(1)
(1)
138

2015 
CARE
£m

817
44
239
21
1
(16)
–
1,106

2015 
RSP
£m 

39
4
7
39
2
(4)
–
87

The Company has previously entered into an agreement under which it has contributed interests in a Scottish Limited Partnership (SLP) valued at £29m 
(as at 31 January 2016) to the CARE Scheme. The CARE Scheme’s interest in the SLP increases the net pension asset on an accounting basis because the 
investment held by the Scheme qualifies as an asset for FRS 101 purposes. The contribution of £30m (the value to the CARE Scheme as at 31 January 
2013) qualified for tax relief in 2012/13, but due to the magnitude, relief is spread over four years. 

As a partner in the SLP, the CARE Scheme is entitled to receive a share of the profits of the SLP twice a year for 20 years. The SLP made a contribution 
of £2.2m over the year ending 31 January 2016, and will make annual contributions of £2.2m for a further 17 years, dependent on funding levels in 
the schemes. 

11.16.3 Present value of obligations
The movement in the defined benefit obligation over the period was as follows:

Defined benefit obligation at start of period 
Current service cost 
Interest expense 
Actuarial loss – demographic assumptions
Actuarial gain/(loss) – financial assumptions 
Actuarial gain – experience
Curtailment gain
Employee contributions 
Benefits paid 
Defined benefit obligation at end of period

2016 
CARE
£m

(1,095)
(12)
(34)
–
133
–
1
–
21
(986)

2016
RSP
£m 

(83)
(62)
(3)
–
18
5
–
(6)
1
(130)

2015 
CARE
£m

(805)
(24)
(36)
17
(262)
–
–
(1)
16
(1,095)

2015 
RSP
£m 

(37)
(37)
(2)
–
(16)
7
–
(2)
4
(83)

The durations of the defined benefit obligations at the end of the 2016 reporting period are: RSP 20 years and CARE 25 years. The weighted average 
duration of the two schemes is 24 years.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16110

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

11 Company financial statements continued

11.16 Pensions continued
11.16.4 Significant actuarial assumptions
The following are the principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages):

Financial assumptions

Discount rate applied to scheme liabilities (% p.a.)
Inflation assumption (RPI) (% p.a.)

Life expectancies

Longevity in years from age 65 for current pensioners
Male
Female
Longevity in years from age 65 for current members aged 45
Male
Female

2016 
CARE

3.70%
3.20%

2016 
CARE

22.0
23.5

24.3
25.9

2016
RSP 

3.70%
3.20%

2016
RSP 

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a

2015 
CARE

3.10%
3.10%

2015 
CARE

22.0
23.4

24.2
25.8

2015 
RSP 

3.10%
3.10%

2015 
RSP

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a

Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based on actuarial advice and in accordance with published statistics. The mortality tables 
used at both year ends 2015 and 2016 are the S1PMA/S1PFA-Heavy tables (males/females) based on year of birth. Following analysis completed as part 
of the 2013 actuarial valuations a scaling factor of 110% was applied to the mortality tables used in the Morrison Scheme. Amongst the UK population, 
there is a continuing trend for a generation to live longer than the preceding generation. For the 2015 and 2016 year ends, and in line with the 2013 
actuarial valuations the mortality projections used were the CMI 2012 rates with an annual rate of improvement of 1.5% p.a.

Related actuarial assumptions (expressed as weighted averages)

Rate of increases in salaries (% p.a.)
Rate of increase of pensions in payment: RPI inflation capped at either 2.5% p.a. 
or 5% p.a. (% p.a.)
Pre-retirement revaluation for active members (% p.a.)
Rate of increase of pensions in deferment: CPI inflation capped at either 2.5% p.a. 
or 5% p.a. (% p.a.)
CPI inflation (% p.a.)

2016 
CARE
–
2.10%/
3.20%
–
–/
2.20%
2.20%

2016
RSP 
2.20%

–
1.80%
2.20%/
–
2.20%

2015 
CARE
3.10%
2.10%/ 
3.10%
3.10%
–/
2.30%
2.30%

2015 
RSP 
2.30%

–
1.80%
2.30%/
–
2.30%

Sensitivity analysis on significant actuarial assumptions 
The following table summarises the impact on the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period if each of the significant actuarial 
assumptions listed above were changed, in isolation, assuming no other changes in market conditions at the accounting date. In practice any movement 
in assumptions could be accompanied by a partially offsetting change in asset values, and the corresponding overall impact on the net asset/(liability) 
is therefore likely to be lower than the amounts below in a number of scenarios. Extrapolation of the sensitivities shown may not be appropriate.

Discount rate applied to Scheme obligations
Inflation assumption (RPI and associated assumptions)
Longevity

+/–0.1% p.a.
+/–0.1% p.a.
+/– one year

2016 
CARE
–/+24
+/–21
+39

2016
RSP 
–/+3
+/–2
–

2015 
CARE
£m
–/+28
+/–89
+44

2015 
RSP
£m 
–/+2
+/–1
–

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
111

11 Company financial statements continued

11.16 Pensions continued
11.16.5 Funding
The CARE Scheme and the RSP are funded schemes to which both employees and the Company contribute. The CARE Scheme is entirely funded 
by the Company. The Company along with other subsidiaries of the Group participate in the RSP. There is no contractual agreement or stated policy 
for charging the net defined benefit cost between the Company and its subsidiaries. The contribution of each participating subsidiary to the RSP 
is calculated in proportion to the number of employees that are members of the RSP. 

The current best estimate of Company contributions to be paid for the accounting period commencing 1 February 2016 is £59m (2015: £70m). 
This estimate includes salary sacrificed contributions from employees. 

11.17 Share capital and other reserves

Authorised
4,000 million ordinary shares of 10p each (2014: 4,000 million)
Issued and fully paid
2,335 million ordinary shares of 10p each (2014: 2,335 million)

For details of the share premium and shares issued in the period, see note 6.5.

11.18 Reserves

Capital redemption reserve
Merger reserve
Hedging reserve
Retained earnings
Total

2016 
£m

400

234

2016 
£m
39
2,578
(10)
1,403
4,010

2015 
£m

400

234

2015 
£m
39
2,578
(22)
1,519
4,114

Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve at the start of the period related to 389,631,561 of the Company’s own shares which it purchased on the open market 
for cancellation between 31 March 2008 and 8 March 2013 at a total cost of £1,081m.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve represents the reserve arising on the acquisition in 2004 of Safeway Limited. In the opinion of the Directors, this reserve is not 
distributable and accordingly it will be carried forward as a capital reserve.

Hedging reserve
This represents the gains and losses arising on derivatives used for cash flow hedging.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16 
 
 
 
112

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

11 Company financial statements continued

11.19 Adjustments arising on the transition to FRS 101 
The effects of the application of FRS 101 on the previously disclosed equity and results are as follows:

11.19.1 Shareholders’ equity 
Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity as at 3 February 2014

Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property
Investment in joint venture
Investments
Fixed assets

Current assets
Net pension assets
Creditors – amounts falling due within one year
Derivative financial liabilities
Net current liabilities

Creditors – amounts falling due after more than 
one year
Derivative financial liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions for liabilities
Net pension assets
Net assets

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital and premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Total shareholders’ funds

2014 under  
UK GAAP
£m
30
3,541
–
66
3,470
7,107

3,467
–
(4,291)
–
(824)

(2,320)
–
–
(185)
9
3,787

361
2,602
824
3,787

a)
Software 
development 
costs 
£m
417
(417)
–
–
–
–

b)
Investment 
property
£m
–
(89)
89
–
–
–

c)
 IAS 19
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–

d)
Deferred tax 
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–

e)
FRS 101 presentation 
changes
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
(3)
–
3
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
(33)
–
–
(33)

–
–
(33)
(33)

–
12
10
(10)
12

36
(36)
(87)
87
(12)
–

–
–
–
–

Restated  
2014 under  
FRS 101
£m
447
3,035
89
66
3,470
7,107

3,467
12
(4,281)
(10)
(812)

(2,284)
(36)
(123)
(98)
–
3,754

361
2,602
791
3,754

Other reserves include capital redemption reserve of £39m and merger reserve of £2,578m offset by the hedging reserve of £15m. The application 
of FRS 101 has no impact on these reserves balances.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements 113

11 Company financial statements continued

11.19 Adjustments arising on the transition to FRS 101 continued
11.19.1 Shareholders’ equity continued
Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity as at 1 February 2015

Intangible assets
Tangible assets
Investment property
Investment in joint venture
Investments
Fixed assets

2015 under UK 
GAAP
£m
26
2,866
–
68
3,470
6,430

a)
Software 
development 
costs 
£m
475
(475)
–
–
–
–

b)
Investment 
property
£m
–
(32)
32
–
–
–

d)
Deferred tax 
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–

e)
FRS 101 
presentation 
changes
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–

f)
Assets  
held-for-sale
£m
–
3
–
–
–
3

g)
Loss on 
disposals
£m
–
(3)
–
–
–
(3)

Restated  
2015 under  
FRS 101
£m
501
2,359
32
68
3,470
6,430

Current assets
Net pension assets
Creditors – amounts falling due within one year
Derivative financial liabilities
Net current assets

Creditors – amounts falling due after more than  
one year
Derivative financial liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions for liabilities
Net pension assets
Net assets

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital and premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Total shareholders’ funds

2,716
–
(2,011)
–
705

(2,346)
–
–
(279)
12
4,522

361
2,595
1,566
4,522

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
(47)
–
–
(47)

–
–
(47)
(47)

–
15
18
(18)
15

50
(50)
(66)
63
(12)
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
3

–
–
3
3

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
(3)

–
–
(3)
(3)

2,716
15
(1,993)
(18)
720

(2,296)
(50)
(113)
(216)
–
4,475

361
2,595
1,519
4,475

Other reserves include capital redemption reserve of £39m and merger reserve of £2,578m offset by the hedging reserve of £22m. The application 
of FRS 101 has no impact on these reserves balances.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16114

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

11 Company financial statements continued

11.19 Adjustments arising on the transition to FRS 101 continued
11.19.2 Comprehensive income
Reconciliation of comprehensive income for the 52 week period ended 1 February 2015

Profit before taxation
Taxation
Profit for the period

Other comprehensive (expense)/income
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:
Remeasurement of defined benefit pension schemes
Tax on defined benefit pension schemes

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:
Cash flow hedging movement
Tax on cash flow hedging movement

Other comprehensive (expense) for the period, net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the period 

2015 under UK 
GAAP
£m
995
60
1,055

c) 
IAS 19
£m
(10)
–
(10)

d)
Deferred tax 
£m
–
(14)
(14)

f)
Assets  
held-for-sale
£m
3
–
3

g)
Loss on disposals
£m
(3)
–
(3)

Restated  
2015 under  
FRS 101
£m
985
46
1,031

(8)
–
(8)

(9)
2
(7)
(15)
1,040

10
–
10

–
–
–
10
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
(14)

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
3

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
(3)

2
–
2

(9)
2
(7)
(5)
1,026

11.19.3 Notes to the reconciliation of UK GAAP to FRS 101
a) Software development costs
Software development costs were previously recognised under FRS 15 as a tangible asset. However, under FRS 101 software development costs meet 
the recognition criteria required under IAS 38 and should be recognised as intangible assets. The impact of this adjustment is to reclassify the cost 
and accumulated depreciation from tangible assets to intangible assets. 

b) Investment property
The Company has investment property relating to rentals to third party tenants. Under IAS 40, investment property needs to be disclosed separately 
from tangible assets. The impact of this adjustment is to reclassify the cost and accumulated depreciation from tangible assets to investment property.

c) IAS 19
Under FRS 17, the net pension asset is presented separately net of deferred tax in the balance sheet. Under IAS 19, the net pension asset (with no 
deduction for deferred tax offset) is shown separately on the balance sheet. The impact of this in the period ending 1 February 2015 was £nil (2014: £3m).

In addition, under IAS 19 the amounts charged to the income statement differ to that under FRS 17. Under IAS 19, administrative expenses are included 
in the charge whereas under FRS 17 they are recognised in the Statement of recognised gains and losses (STRGL). The measurement of net interest 
income/(expense) also differs under IAS 19. Under FRS 17, net interest income/(expense) is calculated as the net of expected returns on scheme assets 
less interest costs. However under IAS 19, net interest income/(expense) is calculated by applying the discount rate to the opening net pension asset/
(liability) position. This difference has an offsetting effect on remeasurements recognised in other comprehensive income (IAS 19) and the actuarial 
gains or losses recognised in the STRGL (FRS 17). The impact of this in the period ending 1 February 2015 was £10m (2014: £6m).

d) Deferred tax
Recognising deferred tax based on temporary differences under IAS 12 versus timing differences under FRS 19 has created the following adjustments 
applicable to the Company:

•   Rolled over gains – as at 1 February 2015 the Company had £202m of rolled over gains which would give rise to a deferred tax liability of £40m 
(2014: £26m). The rolled over gains relate to where the taxable gain on disposal of tangible assets has been rolled over into the purchase of 
replacement tangible assets. No deferred tax liabilities were recognised on these items under FRS 19, but IAS 12 requires recognition on the balance 
sheet. The impact of this in the period ending 3 February 2015 was £15m (2014: £7m).

•  Industrial Buildings Allowances (IBAs) – as at 1 February 2015 the Company had a deferred tax liability of £6m (2014: £7m) relating to IBAs claimed on 

its industrial buildings. The withdrawal of IBAs in 2004 results in deferred tax liabilities under IAS 12 which are not recognised under FRS 19. The impact 
of this in the period ending 1 February 2015 was £nil (2014: £nil).

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCFinancial statements 115

11 Company financial statements continued

11.19 Adjustments arising on the transition to FRS 101 continued
11.19.3 Notes to the reconciliation of UK GAAP to FRS 101 continued

e) FRS 101 presentation changes
•   Derivative financial instruments – previously derivative financial instruments had been disclosed as part of debtors or creditors under UK GAAP. 

However, under IAS 39 derivative financial instruments are disclosed separately on the face of the balance sheet. See note 11.13 for further disclosure.

•   Deferred tax – deferred tax was previously presented as part of provisions on the balance sheet under UK GAAP. However, under IAS 12, material 

deferred tax balances are disclosed separately on the face of the balance sheet. See note 11.14 for further disclosure.

•  Pensions – under FRS 17, net pension assets/(liabilities) for the Company were presented under liabilities. These FRS 101 accounts adopt company 
law formats and as pension assets do not meet the company law definition of a fixed asset (assets of a company which are intended for use on 
a continuing basis in the company’s activities) net pension assets are disclosed under current assets.

f) Assets held-for-sale
Under IFRS 5, an asset is classified as held-for-sale if its carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through 
continuing use. Once an asset is classified as held-for-sale, the asset stops being depreciated at the point it is held-for-sale. Previously under UK GAAP, 
the Company had not classified assets as assets held-for-sale as this did not exist under FRS 15. This adjustment adds back the depreciation which had 
previously been charged under FRS 15 but should have stopped under IFRS 5 at the point the asset was held-for-sale. The impact of this in the period 
ending 1 February 2015 was a £3m credit to the income statement (2014: £nil).

Note that under IFRS, a separate line would be required on the face of the balance sheet (outside of other assets) for assets held-for-sale. However, 
this is not consistent with company law formats as required under FRS 101. As a result, assets held-for-sale have been disclosed as a memorandum 
underneath the balance sheet. 

g) Loss on disposals
As a result of the application of the assets held-for-sale adjustment as detailed in f) above, previous disposal calculations have been adjusted where 
necessary to take into account the lower depreciation charge. The impact of this in the period ending 1 February 2015 was a £3m increase to loss 
on disposals in the income statement (2014: £nil).

11.20 Capital commitments

Contracts placed for future capital expenditure not provided in the financial statements  
(property, plant and equipment and intangible assets)

11.21 Operating lease commitments
Total outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are:

Within one year
More than one year and less than five years
After five years

Land and 
buildings 
£m
80
316
1,341
1,737

2016

Plant, equipment, 
fixtures and vehicles 
£m
15
25
–
40

2016 
£m

24

2015 
£m

144

2015

Land and 
buildings 
£m
64
251
1,110
1,425

Plant, equipment,  
fixtures and vehicles 
£m
15
28
–
43

11.22 Contingent liabilities
The Company has given an unlimited guarantee in respect of the overdraft of all the subsidiary undertakings within the Group’s banking offset 
agreement. The overdraft position at 31 January 2016 was £4m (2015: £178m). The Company has also provided a guarantee in respect of sterling bonds 
amounting to £426m at fair value (2015: £440m) in respect of a subsidiary undertaking. Where the Company enters into financial contracts to guarantee 
the indebtedness of other companies within its Group, the Company considers these to be insurance arrangements, and accounts for them as such. 
In this respect, the Company treats the guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the Company will 
be required to make a payment under the guarantee. 

11.23 Post balance sheet events
On 22 February 2016, the Company repaid its $250m USPP facility of £174m which was due to mature in November 2026. The Directors consider this 
event as a non-adjusting post balance sheet event.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16 
116

Five year summary
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Turnover
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Other operating income
Profit/loss arising on disposal and exit of properties 
and sale of businesses
Administrative expenses
Operating profit/(loss)
Finance costs
Finance income
Share of profit of joint venture (net of tax)
Profit/(loss) before taxation
Analysed as:

Underlying profit before tax1
Impairment and provision for onerous contracts
Profit/loss on disposal and exit of properties
Pension scheme set-up costs
(Loss)/profit arising on disposal of businesses
Net pension interest income/(cost)

Taxation
Profit/(loss) for the period attributable to the owners  
of the Company
Earnings per share (pence)
– basic
– diluted
– underlying basic1
Dividend per ordinary share (pence)
1  2013 and 2014 underlying profit restated to include new business development costs.

2016
£m
16,122
(15,505)
617
72

97
(472)
314
(112)
13
2
217

242
(87)
131
(35)
(34)
–

217

5

222

9.51
9.47
7.77
5.00

2015 
£m
16,816
(16,055)
761
78

135
(1,670)
(696)
(105)
7
2
(792)

345
(1,273)
131
–
4
1

(792)

31

(761)

(32.63)
(32.63)
10.93
13.65

2014 
£m
17,680
(16,606)
1,074
81

9
(1,259)
(95)
(87)
5
1
(176)

719
(903)
9
–
–
(1)

(176)

(62)

(238)

(10.23)
(10.23)
23.08
13.00

2013 
£m
18,116
(16,910)
1,206
80

(1)
(336)
949
(75)
5
–
879

880
–
(1)
–
–
–

879

(232)

647

26.65
26.57
26.75
11.80

2012 
£m
17,663
(16,446)
1,217
86

(1)
(329)
973
(47)
21
–
947

948
–
(1)
–
–
–

947

(257)

690

26.68
26.03
25.55
10.70

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCInvestor informationFive year summary continued
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

Consolidated balance sheet

Assets
Goodwill and intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property
Net pension asset
Investment in joint venture
Investments
Other financial assets
Non-current assets
Current assets
Non-current assets classified as held-for-sale
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Net pension liabilities
Provisions
Non-current liabilities
Net assets
Shareholders’ equity
Called-up share capital
Share premium
Capital redemption reserve
Merger reserve
Retained earnings and hedging reserves

Total equity attributable to the owners of the Company

2016
£m

483
7,161
37
186
63
31
30
7,991
1,308
–

(2,747)
(2,058)
(429)
–
(309)
(2,796)
3,756

234
127
39
2,578
778

3,756

2015
£m

520
7,252
68
4
68
31
–
7,943
1,144
84

(2,273)
(2,558)
(415)
(43)
(288)
(3,304)
3,594

234
127
39
2,578
616

3,594

2014 
£m

458
8,625
119
–
66
31
–
9,299
1,430
–

(2,873)
(2,516)
(430)
(11)
(207)
(3,164)
4,692

234
127
39
2,578
1,714

4,692

2013 
£m

415
8,616
123
–
–
31
–
9,185
1,342
–

(2,334)
(2,396)
(471)
(20)
(76)
(2,963)
5,230

235
107
37
2,578
2,273

5,230

117

2012 
£m

303
7,943
259
–
–
31
1
8,537
1,322
–

(2,303)
(1,600)
(464)
(11)
(84)
(2,159)
5,397

253
107
19
2,578
2,440

5,397

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16118

Supplementary information
52 weeks ended 31 January 2016

2016
%

2015
%

2014 
%

(Decrease)/increase on previous year %
Turnover
Underlying operating (loss)/profit
(Loss)/profit before taxation
(Loss)/profit after taxation
Underlying profit before taxation
Diluted earnings per share
Dividend per ordinary share

% of turnover
Underlying operating profit
Profit/(loss) before taxation
Profit/(loss) after taxation

Retail portfolio
Size 000s square feet (net sales area)
0–5
5–15
15–25
25–40
40+
Total number of stores
Petrol filling stations
Total sales area (000s square feet)
Total sales area excluding convenience (000s square feet)
Average store size (000s square feet)2
Average sales area (000s square feet)1
Total supermarket takings ex petrol (gross) £m2
Average takings per square feet per week (£)2
Average takings per store per week ex petrol (£000)2
Average number of customers per store per week2
Average take per customer (£)2

Employees
Full time
Part time
Total
Full time equivalent (average)

Average per FTE employee:
Turnover (£000s)
Underlying operating profit (£)
Employee costs (£)
1  Includes sales area of divested stores.
2  Excludes convenience and online.

(4.13)
(23.30)
(127.40)
(129.17)
(29.86)
(129.17)
(18.32)

2.10
1.35
1.38

4
57
124
260
53
498
336
14,142
14,142
28.4
14,532
13,700
18.48
521
22,573
23.44

47,925
72,988
120,913
82,992

194
4,085
23,424

(4.89)
(44.60)
349.35
219.38
(52.02)
(218.96)
5.00

2.63
(4.71)
(4.52)

153
75
126
260
53
667
335
14,732
14,332
27.9
14,442
14,033
19.11
531
22,034
23.83

48,519
71,259
119,778
85,545

197
5,167
23,029

(2.41)
(14.86)
(120.02)
(136.79)
(18.67)
(138.50)
10.17

4.57
(1.00)
(1.35)

102
76
123
252
52
605
328
14,233
13,976
27.8
13,640
14,593
20.58
558
22,874
24.41

52,315
75,088
127,403
90,264

196
8,952
21,847

2013 
%

2.56
(2.47)
(7.18)
(6.23)
(5.45)
1.92
10.28

5.24
4.85
3.57

12
64
135
239
48
498
312
13,421
13,383
26.9
13,396
14,875
21.62
591
23,905
24.73

56,177
72,528
128,705
91,760

197
10,342
21,327

2012 
%

7.18
7.63
8.35
9.18
7.56
11.10
11.46

5.51
5.36
3.91

3
65
135
228
44
475
300
12,904
12,894
27.4
12,456
14,585
22.52
618
25,083
24.62

57,169
74,038
131,207
94,114

188
10,339
19,530

The impact of week 53 in the period ended 3 February 2013 was to increase turnover by £328m and increase profit before taxation by £11m.

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCInvestor information119

Investor relations and financial calendar

5 May 2016

13 May 2016
9 Jun 2016
15 Jun 2016
31 Jul 2016
15 Sep 2016
30 Sep 2016
7 Nov 2016
3 Nov 2016

29 Jan 2017 

Financial calendar 2016/17

Financial events and dividends
Quarterly management 
statement
Final dividend record date
Annual General Meeting
Final dividend payment date
Half year end
Interim results announcement
Interim dividend record date
Interim dividend payment date
Quarterly management 
statement
Financial year end

Company Secretary
Mark Amsden

Registered office
Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC 
Hilmore House 
Gain Lane 
Bradford 
BD3 7DL 
Telephone: 0845 611 5000 
www.morrisons.com

Investor relations
Telephone: 0845 611 5710 
Email: accinvr@morrisonsplc.co.uk

Corporate responsibility enquiries
Telephone: 0845 611 5000

Annual General Meeting
The AGM will be held on 9 June 2016 at 
Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC Head Office, 
Gain Lane, Bradford BD3 7DL. 

A separate notice convening the meeting 
is sent to shareholders, which includes an 
explanation of the items of special business 
to be considered at the meeting.

Dividend reinvestment plan
The Company has a dividend reinvestment 
plan which allows shareholders to reinvest their 
cash dividends in the Company’s shares bought 
in the market through a specifically arranged 
share dealing service. Full details of the plan 
and its charges, together with mandate forms, 
are available from the Registrars.

Morrisons website
Shareholders are encouraged to visit our 
website, www.morrisons.com, to obtain 
information on Company history, stores and 
services, latest offers, press information and 
a local store finder.

Share price information
The investor information section of our website 
provides our current and historical share price 
data and other share price tools. Share price 
information can also be found in the financial 
press and the Cityline service operated by 
the Financial Times. Telephone: 0906 843 3545.

Online reports and accounts
Our annual and interim Group financial 
statements are available to download 
from the website along with Corporate 
responsibility reports and other financial 
announcements. The 2015/16 Annual report 
is also available to view in HTML format at  
www.morrisons-corporate.com/ 
annual-report-2016 

The information in the Annual report and 
financial statements, Strategic report, and 
the Interim reports is exactly the same 
as in the printed version.

Environmental matters
Our environmental footprint is taken very 
seriously. In the production of the 2015/16 
Annual report, we have contributed to the 
reduction in environmental damage in the 
following ways:

a) Website
Shareholders receive notification of 
the availability of the results to view 
or download on the Group’s website, 
www.morrisons-corporate.com, unless they 
have elected to receive a printed version 
of the results. 

Shareholders are encouraged to view the 
report on the website which is exactly the same 
as the printed version, but using the internet 
has clear advantages such as lowering costs 
and reducing the environmental impact.

b) Recycled paper
This document has been printed on recycled 
paper that is manufactured in mills with ISO 
14001 accreditation from 100% recycled fibre. 
It is totally chlorine free and is an NAPM 
certified recycled product.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16 
120

Investor relations and financial calendar continued

Registrars and shareholding enquiries
Administrative enquiries about the holding of 
Morrisons shares, such as change of address, 
change of ownership, dividend payments and 
the dividend reinvestment plan should be 
directed to:

Capita Asset Services 
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
Kent BR3 4TU

Telephone:  0871 664 0300 
Overseas:  +44 208 639 3399 
Calls cost 10p per minute plus network extras.

www.capitaassetservices.com 
www.ssd.capita.co.uk

Solicitors
Ashurst LLP 
Broadwalk House 
5 Appold Street 
London EC2A 2HA 

Eversheds LLP 
Eversheds House 
70 Great Bridgewater Street 
Manchester M1 JES

DWF LLP 
1 Scott Place 
2 Hardman Street 
Manchester M3 3AA

Allen & Overy LLP 
One Bishops Square 
London E1 6AD

Stockbrokers
Jefferies Hoare Govett 
Vintners Place 
68 Upper Thames Street 
London EC4V 33J

Credit Suisse 
One Cabot Square 
London E14 4QJ

Shore Capital 
Bond Street House 
14 Clifford Street 
London W1S 4JU

Investment bankers
NM Rothschild & Sons Limited 
St Swithin’s Lane 
London EC4N 8AL

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
Benson House 
33 Wellington Street 
Leeds LS1 4JP

Shareholder information
The number of shareholders at 31 January 2016 was 45,571 (2015: 47,955) and the number of shares in issue was 2,335,154,494 (2015: 2,335,084,014).

Analysis by shareholder
Private shareholder
Nominee companies
Deceased accounts
Limited companies
Other institutions
Bank and bank nominees
Investment trusts
Pension funds
Family interests

Analysis by shareholder
1–1,000
1,001–10,000
10,001–1,000,000
Over 1,000,000

Number of holders
40,479
4,411
361
150
57
64
16
15
18

Number of holders
24,782
18,366
2,253
170

% holders
88.83
9.68
0.79
0.33
0.12
0.14
0.04
0.03
0.04

% holders
54.38
40.30
4.95
0.37

 Balances at 31 Jan 2016
102,481,229
2,022,421,611
658,668
3,488,014
4,075,199
81,341,797
97,738
84,954
120,505,284

 Balances at 31 Jan 2016
10,607,825
54,981,978
170,684,700
2,098,879,991

% capital
4.39
86.61
0.03
0.15
0.17
3.48
0.004
0.003
5.163

% capital
0.45
2.36
7.31
89.88

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLCInvestor informationStrategic report

Chairman’s statement
Our business model
Chief Executive’s statement
Our six priorities
Chief Financial Officer’s review
Relationships
Risk
Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Corporate governance report
Directors’ remuneration report
Directors’ report

2
4
6
8
10
14
17
20

22
33
44

Financial statements

Independent auditors’ report
Consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated cash flow statement
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
General information
Notes to the Group financial statements
Company balance sheet
Company statement of changes in equity
Company accounting policies
Notes to the Company financial statements

Investor information

Five year summary 
Supplementary information 
Investor relations and financial calendar 
Information at your fingertips

47

55
56
57
58
59
60
98
99
100
103

116
118
119
121

Throughout the Directors’ report and Strategic report: 
(1) Unless otherwise stated, 2015/16 refers to the 52 week period ended 31 January 2016 and 2014/15 refers to the 52 week 
period ended 1 February 2015. 2015 and 2016 refer to calendar years. (2) Underlying profit is defined as profit before 
impairment, provision for onerous contracts and other items that do not relate to the Group’s principal activities on 
an ongoing basis, profit/loss arising on disposal and exit of properties and sale of businesses and IAS 19 pension interest, 
at a normalised tax rate, as reconciled in note 1.4 of the Group financial statements. Underlying operating profit is 
operating profit before impairment, provision for onerous contracts and other items that do not relate to the Group’s 
principal activities and profit/loss arising on disposal and exit of properties and sale of businesses. (3) Like-for-like (LFL) 
sales reflects the percentage change in year-on-year store sales (excluding VAT and fuel), stripping out the impact of new 
store openings and closures in the current or previous financial year.

Annual report and financial statements 2015/16

121

Shareholder information
Other relevant shareholder information is 
available, for example share price history, 
dividends, financial calendar and AGM minutes.

Electronic communications
Electronic communications (eComms) is the 
fastest and most environmentally friendly way 
to communicate with our shareholders.

Instead of receiving paper copies of the 
annual and interim financial results, notices of 
shareholder meetings and other shareholder 
documents, you will receive an email to let 
you know this information is available on 
our website.

Visiting our website to obtain our results 
reduces our environmental impact by saving 
on paper and also reduces our print and 
distribution costs.

Sign up to eComms on our website at 
www.morrisons-corporate.com and follow the 
investor eComms link.

Information at your fingertips

Customer

Corporate

Our website, www.morrisons.com, allows you 
to shop online, search hundreds of inspirational 
recipes for the food we make, move and 
sell, and even find ideas for popular event-
themed activities.

Our corporate website,  
www.morrisons-corporate.com, is a one-
stop portal that exists for the benefit of our 
investors, the public and the media. This site has 
the following sections:

Morrisons.com deliveries currently service 56% 
of Great Britain; a postcode checker enables 
you to see if you are eligible for our home 
delivery service.

About Morrisons
You will find information about the Group, 
its operations, strategy and structure, and past 
financial information.

Jobs
Career opportunities and information 
about working for Morrisons. For our 
dedicated recruitment website, go to 
www.morrisons.jobs/

Media centre
Latest releases about the growing estate 
of Morrisons, along with promotions and 
product news.

Corporate responsibility
Here you can find out about our corporate 
responsibility ethos, including how we 
take good care of our environment, 
society and how we go about business. 
www.morrisons.co.uk/cr

Investors
Presentations, announcements and financial 
reports can be quickly and easily downloaded 
or viewed on-screen as PDFs. You can 
easily navigate around the Annual report 
and financial statements 2015/16 on-screen, 
viewing only the parts you want to, at 
www.morrisons-corporate.com/ 
annual-report-2016

Webcasts
Webcasts of the Directors delivering the 
preliminary results for 2015/16 on 10 March 2016 
are available.

At Morrisons.com you can:
•  Buy over 18,000 Morrisons grocery products
•  Benefit from competitive ‘one-off’ 

delivery charges

•  Purchase a monthly, weekly or annual 

delivery pass for flat-fee unlimited delivery 

•  Check out latest promotions and 

seasonal events

•  Review selected offline-only products
•  Sign up for our latest offers by email 
•  Find recipes based on our ingredients and 

inspired by our campaigns/events

•  Learn about our produce and its journey 

from ‘field to fork’ 

•  Read content on healthy eating, reducing 

food waste and our support for 
various causes

You can also sign up to and manage your 
‘Match & More’ account on our website. 
In our dedicated area, you can find out 
what our loyalty card scheme has to offer, 
check your points balance and make changes 
to preferences. 

Not all products are available online. However, 
the website is an excellent vehicle for raising 
awareness and interest of the things we offer. 

You are also able to preview selected items 
from ranges such as Nutmeg and Market Street, 
and our new café offers, in-store services, 
award wins, pharmacies, glass hire, flower shops 
and new store openings online.

We also provide an online Store Finder where 
you can find details of your nearest store, 
opening times and services. 

Designed & Produced by

Printing by

Radley Yeldar
ry.com

Photography by

Richard Moran

Geoff Neal Group
Paper stock: This report is printed  
on Amadeus Offset uncoated,  
a 100% recycled paper. Amadeus  
Offset is manufactured to the certified 
environmental management system  
ISO 14001.

019514_Morrisons_AR_Front_Cover.indd   4-6

13/04/2016   17:02

Wm Morrison Supermarkets PLC
Hilmore House, Gain Lane 
Bradford BD3 7DL
Telephone: 0845 611 5000

Visit our website: 
www.morrisons.com